WO2016086359A1 - Method for keeping service continuity, base station and system - Google Patents

Method for keeping service continuity, base station and system Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2016086359A1
WO2016086359A1 PCT/CN2014/092812 CN2014092812W WO2016086359A1 WO 2016086359 A1 WO2016086359 A1 WO 2016086359A1 CN 2014092812 W CN2014092812 W CN 2014092812W WO 2016086359 A1 WO2016086359 A1 WO 2016086359A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
base station
mbsfn area
indication information
mce
request message
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2014/092812
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
曹龙雨
戴明增
张艳平
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Priority to PCT/CN2014/092812 priority Critical patent/WO2016086359A1/en
Priority to CN201480035992.XA priority patent/CN105850160A/en
Publication of WO2016086359A1 publication Critical patent/WO2016086359A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W4/00Services specially adapted for wireless communication networks; Facilities therefor
    • H04W4/06Selective distribution of broadcast services, e.g. multimedia broadcast multicast service [MBMS]; Services to user groups; One-way selective calling services

Definitions

  • MBMS Multimedia Broadcast/Multicast Service
  • the UE When the UE is not moving, the UE receives the SIB15 message broadcasted by the base station 1 and determines the SAI corresponding to the MBMS service that the UE is interested in in the User Service Description (hereinafter referred to as USD) saved by itself (assuming that the service of the UE is interested in the service)
  • the SAI is SAI1 and SAI2, but the optional UE will preferentially select the SAI corresponding to the current cell, that is, SAI1, how the UE is selected depends on the internal implementation of the UE, and whether it matches the SAI in the SAI list of the SIB15 broadcast (in USD) Includes multiple SAIs).
  • the base station 1 After receiving the f1 reported by the UE, the base station 1 determines the SAI1 corresponding to the f1, that is, determines that the base station of the MBMS service that the broadcast UE is interested in is the base station 1 of the MBSFN area, and the base station 1 Broadcasting the MBMS service on the f1; if the UE determines that the SAI corresponding to the service of interest in the saved USD is SAI3 (ie, the base station 1 currently serving the UE does not broadcast the MBMS service that the UE is interested in, but broadcasts in other base stations) The UE is currently interested in the MBMS service.
  • SAI3 ie, the base station 1 currently serving the UE does not broadcast the MBMS service that the UE is interested in, but broadcasts in other base stations
  • the UE transmits the system frequency f3 corresponding to the SAI3 in the MBMS interest indication message to the base station 1 according to the above determining process.
  • the base station 1 determines that the f3 corresponds to the SAI3, and the base station 3 corresponding to the SAI3. Then, the UE is handed over from the base station 1 to the base station 3, so that the UE receives the MBMS service delivered by the base station 3 on the f3.
  • the method enables the UE to select which frequency to receive before the start of the MBMS service, because the MBMS service interruption of the UE is not caused.
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides a base station, including:
  • a receiving module configured to receive the indication information that is sent by the second base station that serves the second MBSFN area, where the indication information is used to indicate that the service currently broadcasted by the second MBSFN area is the first MBMS service;
  • the processing module is further configured to: before switching the user equipment from a current MBSFN area to the second MBSFN area, according to the Instructing information selection to switch the user equipment to the second MBSFN area.
  • the receiving module is configured to receive a base station configuration update sent by the second base station
  • the request message, the base station configuration update request message carries the indication information, or is specifically configured to receive an X2 interface modification request message sent by the second base station, where the X2 interface modification request message carries the indication information, Or specifically, it is used to receive indication information that is sent by the second base station by using the network element device.
  • the receiving module is specifically used. Receiving the MBMS scheduling information that is sent by the second base station by using the MCE, where the MBMS scheduling information is sent by the MCE to the base station according to the received M2 interface setup request message sent by the second base station.
  • the indication information is carried in both the M2 interface setup request message and the MBMS scheduling information.
  • the indication information includes that the second MBSFN area is currently broadcast The service information of the service, and the identity of the second base station or the second system frequency of the second base station.
  • the processing module is specifically configured to leave the first MBSFN at the user equipment.
  • the user equipment is switched to the target base station in the second MBSFN area according to the indication information and the configuration information of the first base station.
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides a base station, where the base station serves an MBSFN area of a second multicast broadcast single frequency network, where the base station includes:
  • a sending module configured to send indication information to a first base station serving the first MBSFN area, where the first base station currently broadcasts the first multimedia broadcast multicast MBMS service to the user equipment, where the indication information is used And indicating that the service currently broadcasted by the second MBSFN area is the first MBMS service.
  • the sending module is configured to send a base station configuration update request message to the first base station, where the base station configuration update request message carries The indication information is used to send an X2 interface request message to the first base station, where the X2 interface request message carries the indication information, or is specifically used to send to the first base station by using a network element device.
  • the sending module is specific
  • the MBMS scheduling information is sent to the first base station by using the MCE, where the MBMS scheduling information is sent by the MCE to the first base station according to the received M2 interface setup request message sent by the base station.
  • the indication information is carried in both the M2 interface setup request message and the MBMS scheduling information.
  • the sending module is configured to send the MBMS scheduling information to the first base station by using the first MCE, where the MBMS scheduling information is the first MCE according to the receiving
  • the M3 interface reset message sent by the first MME is sent to the first base station
  • the M3 interface reset message is the indication sent by the first MME according to the received second MME.
  • the information is sent to the first MCE, and the indication information is sent by the second MME to the first MME according to the received M3 interface setup request message sent by the second MCE, and the M3 interface is established.
  • the request message is sent by the second MCE to the second MME according to the received M2 interface setup request message sent by the base station; the M2 interface setup request message, the M3 interface setup request message, and the M3 Interface reset message and the MBMS schedule
  • the indication information is carried in the information.
  • the indication information includes that the second MBSFN area is currently broadcast The service information of the service, and the identity of the base station or the second system frequency of the base station.
  • the identifier of the base station is used to enable the first base station to determine that the user equipment leaves the Switching the user equipment to the base station when the first MBSFN area is used;
  • the second system frequency of the base station is configured to enable the first base station to switch the user equipment to a target base station in the second MBSFN area when determining that the user equipment leaves the first MBSFN area.
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides a method for maintaining service continuity, including:
  • the first base station receives the indication information sent by the second base station serving the second MBSFN area, where The indication information is used to indicate that the service currently broadcast by the second MBSFN area is the first MBMS service;
  • the first base station switches the user equipment from a base station of a current MBSFN area to the second MBSFN area according to the indication information, so that the user equipment Receiving the first MBMS service on the second MBSFN area.
  • the first base station selects to switch the user equipment to the second MBSFN area according to the indication information.
  • the first base station receives the indication information sent by the second base station serving the second MBSFN area ,include:
  • the first base station receives the X2 interface modification request message sent by the second base station, where the X2 interface modification request message carries the indication information, or
  • the first base station receives indication information that is sent by the second base station by using the network element device.
  • the first base station receives the service
  • the indication information sent by the second base station of the second MBSFN area by the network element device includes:
  • the first base station receives the MBMS scheduling information that is sent by the second base station by using the MCE, where the MBMS scheduling information is sent by the MCE according to the received M2 interface setup request message sent by the second base station to
  • the indication information is carried in both the M2 interface setup request message and the MBMS scheduling information of the first base station.
  • the network element device includes the first multi-cell multicast coordination entity MCE, the second MCE, and the first mobility
  • the first base station receives the indication information that is sent by the second base station that serves the second MBSFN area by using the network element device, and includes:
  • the first base station receives the MBMS scheduling information that is sent by the second base station by using the first MCE, where the MBMS scheduling information is that the first MCE is based on the received M3 interface sent by the first MME.
  • the M3 interface reset message is sent by the first MME to the first MCE according to the received indication information sent by the second MME,
  • the indication information is sent by the second MME to the first MME according to the received M3 interface setup request message sent by the second MCE, where the M3 interface setup request message is received by the second MCE according to the received
  • the M2 interface setup request message sent by the second base station is sent to the second MME; the M2 interface setup request message, the M3 interface setup request message, the M3 interface reset message, and the MBMS scheduling information
  • the indication information is carried in both.
  • the indication information includes that the second MBSFN area is currently broadcast The service information of the service, and the identity of the second base station or the second system frequency of the second base station.
  • the indication information is service information of the service currently broadcasted by the second MBSFN area, and the second When the user equipment leaves the first MBSFN area, the first base station switches the user equipment to the second base station according to the indication information; or
  • the first base station leaves the first MBSFN area at the user equipment And the user equipment is switched to the target base station in the second MBSFN area according to the indication information and the configuration information of the first base station.
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides a method for maintaining service continuity, including:
  • the second base station serving the second multicast broadcast single frequency network MBSFN area sends the indication information to the first base station serving the first MBSFN area; wherein the first base station currently broadcasts the first multimedia broadcast to the user equipment.
  • the MBMS service is broadcasted, and the indication information is used to indicate that the service currently broadcasted by the second MBSFN area is the first MBMS service.
  • the second base station serving the MBSFN area of the second multicast broadcast single frequency network to the first base serving the first MBSFN area sends instructions, including:
  • the second base station sends a base station configuration update request message to the first base station, where the base station configuration update request message carries the indication information, or
  • the second base station sends an X2 interface request message to the first base station, where the X2 interface request message carries the indication information, or
  • the second base station sends the indication information to the first base station by using the network element device.
  • the second base station passes the network element device Sending the indication information to the first base station, including:
  • the second base station sends the MBMS scheduling information to the first base station by using the MCE, where the MBMS scheduling information is sent by the MCE according to the received M2 interface setup request message sent by the second base station.
  • the first base station is configured to be included in the M2 interface setup request message and the MBMS scheduling information.
  • the network element device includes the first multi-cell multicast coordination entity MCE, the second MCE, and the first mobility And the second base station sends the indication information to the first base station by using the network element device, where
  • the second base station sends the MBMS scheduling information to the first base station by using the first MCE, where the MBMS scheduling information is that the first MCE resets according to the received M3 interface sent by the first MME.
  • the M3 interface reset message is sent by the first MME to the first MCE according to the received indication information sent by the second MME,
  • the information is sent by the second MME to the first MME according to the received M3 interface setup request message sent by the second MCE, where the M3 interface setup request message is the second MCE according to the received
  • the M2 interface setup request message sent by the second base station is sent to the second MME; the M2 interface setup request message, the M3 interface setup request message, the M3 interface reset message, and the MBMS scheduling information. Both carry the indication information.
  • the indication information includes that the second MBSFN area is currently broadcast Service information of the service, and the identifier of the second base station or the second base station Two system frequencies.
  • the identifier of the second base station is configured to enable the first base station to determine that the user equipment is leaving Switching the user equipment to the second base station when the first MBSFN area is used;
  • the second system frequency of the second base station is configured to enable the first base station to switch the user equipment to a target in the second MBSFN area when determining that the user equipment leaves the first MBSFN area Base station.
  • the embodiment of the present invention provides a system for maintaining service continuity, including a user equipment, and the base station according to any one of the first aspect to the sixth aspect of the first aspect, and The base station according to any one of the second possible aspect of the second aspect.
  • the method, the base station, and the system for maintaining service continuity receive, by the first base station, indication information that is sent by the second base station to indicate that the service currently broadcast by the second base station is the first MBMS service, if the first base station determines When the UE leaves the first MBSFN area served by the first base station, the first base station switches the user equipment from the base station of the current MBSFN area to the second base station according to the indication information, so that the UE continues to receive the first MBMS service on the second base station. Therefore, the UE can continuously receive the MBMS service during the mobile process, thereby ensuring the continuity of the service.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a scenario in which different MBSFN areas broadcast different MBMS services according to the prior art provided by the present invention
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of a scenario in which different MBSFN areas broadcast the same MBMS service according to the present invention
  • Embodiment 1 of a base station according to the present invention is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 1 of a base station according to the present invention.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram 1 of a network topology provided by the present invention.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram 2 of a network topology provided by the present invention.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic flowchart diagram of Embodiment 1 of a method for maintaining service continuity according to the present invention.
  • FIG. 7 is a signaling flowchart of Embodiment 3 of a method for maintaining service continuity according to the present invention.
  • FIG. 8 is a signaling flowchart of Embodiment 4 of a method for maintaining service continuity according to the present invention.
  • FIG. 9 is a signaling flowchart of Embodiment 5 of a method for maintaining service continuity according to the present invention.
  • Embodiment 6 is a signaling flowchart of Embodiment 6 of a method for maintaining service continuity according to the present invention
  • Embodiment 3 of a base station according to the present invention is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 3 of a base station according to the present invention.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic structural diagram of a system embodiment for maintaining service continuity according to the present invention.
  • the user equipment may be a wireless terminal or a wired terminal, and the wireless terminal may be a device that provides voice and/or data connectivity to the user, a handheld device with wireless connection function, or is connected to Other processing devices for wireless modems.
  • the wireless terminal can communicate with one or more core networks via a radio access network (eg, RAN, Radio Access Network), which can be a mobile terminal, such as a mobile phone (or "cellular" phone) and with a mobile terminal
  • RAN Radio Access Network
  • the computers for example, can be portable, pocket-sized, handheld, computer-integrated or in-vehicle mobile devices that exchange language and/or data with the wireless access network.
  • a wireless terminal may also be called a system, a subscriber unit, a subscriber station, a mobile station, a mobile station, a remote station, an access point, or an access point.
  • Remote Terminal Access Terminal, User Terminal, User Agent, User Device, or User Equipment.
  • a base station (e.g., an access point) referred to in this application may refer to a device in an access network that communicates with a wireless terminal over one or more sectors over an air interface.
  • the base station can be used to convert the received air frame to the IP packet as a router between the wireless terminal and the rest of the access network, wherein the remainder of the access network can include an Internet Protocol (IP) network.
  • IP Internet Protocol
  • the base station can also coordinate attribute management of the air interface.
  • the base station may be a base station (BTS, Base Transceiver Station) in GSM or CDMA, or may be a base station (NodeB) in WCDMA, or may be an evolved base station in LTE (NodeB or eNB or e-NodeB, evolutional Node B), this application is not limited.
  • BTS Base Transceiver Station
  • NodeB base station
  • NodeB evolved base station in LTE
  • LTE NodeB or eNB or e-NodeB, evolutional Node B
  • the embodiment of the present invention can be applied to a scenario in which a user equipment receives a service broadcast by a base station in an MBSFN area in a process of moving between multicast broadcast single frequency networks (MBSFN).
  • the service here may be an MBMS service, where the MBMS service may be a data service, or may be a voice service, or may be another multimedia service.
  • one MBSFN area may include multiple cells, and one MBSFN area may be served by multiple base stations, but the system frequencies used by all base stations in one MBSFN area to broadcast MBMS services are the same, different.
  • the frequencies used by the base stations in the MBSFN area to broadcast MBMS services are different; and different MBSFN areas can broadcast the same MBMS service, and these different MBSFN areas can correspond to the same SAI.
  • the scenario involved in the embodiment of the present invention may be that the different MBSFN areas broadcast the same MBMS service, and the different MBSFN areas correspond to the same SAI scenario, as shown in FIG. 2 .
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 1 of a base station according to the present invention.
  • the base station serves the first MBSNN area, and the base station may be the first base station in the following method embodiments, where the base station includes: a sending module 10, a receiving module 11, and a processing module 12.
  • the sending module 10 is configured to broadcast the first MBMS service to the user equipment
  • the receiving module 11 is configured to receive the indication information sent by the second base station serving the second MBSFN area, where the indication information is used to indicate the The service currently broadcasted by the two MBSFN areas is the first MBMS service
  • the processing module 12 is configured to, when the user equipment leaves the first MBSFN area, use the user equipment from the current MBSFN area according to the indication information.
  • the base station switches to the second MBSFN area, so that the user equipment receives the first MBMS service on the second MBSFN area.
  • the sending module 10 is currently broadcasting the first MBMS service to the user equipment.
  • the second MBSFN area starts to broadcast the first MBMS service
  • the second MBSFN area sends the indication information to the first base station by using the second base station, that is, the indication is passed.
  • the information indicates to the first base station that the service currently broadcast by the second MBSFN area is the first MBMS service.
  • the base station in the second MBSFN area broadcasts the first MBMS service
  • the second base station in the second MBSFN area may broadcast the first MBMS service, or may be other than the second base station in the second MBSFN area.
  • the base station broadcasts the first MBMS service; that is, as long as the MBMS service starts broadcasting in the second MBSFN area, the second MBSFN area sends the indication information to the first base station by using the second base station to indicate to the first base station that the second MBSFN area is currently
  • the type of MBMS service broadcast is broadcast.
  • the second base station is a neighboring base station of the first base station, and the second base station may be one or more. Therefore, the indication information may be one or multiple, that is, the first base station. There may be multiple different neighbor base stations.
  • the processing module 12 determines, according to the indication information, that the second MBSFN area is currently broadcasting the first MBMS service, and the processing module 12 performs the indication information. Record or stage.
  • the UE in the first MBSFN area leaves the first MBSFN area (where the leaving the first MBSFN area may move the UE to any MBSFN area except the first MBSFN area, the UE may also move to the first MBSFN area.
  • the UE is unable to receive the first MBMS service broadcasted by the sending module 10 or the signal strength of the first MBMS service is very weak, and the processing module 12 switches the UE to the first broadcast according to the indication information.
  • the second MBSFN area of the MBMS service is used to ensure that the UE receives the first MBMS service continuously. It should be noted that, here, the UE is switched to the second MBSFN area, and actually the user equipment is switched to the base station in the second MBSFN area.
  • the processing module 12 may switch the UE to the second base station according to the indication information.
  • the processing module 12 may switch the UE to other base stations in the second MBSFN area that are broadcasting the first MBMS service according to the indication information sent by the second base station.
  • the UE is currently in the first MBSFN area, and the UE is receiving the first MBMS service broadcasted by the sending module 10 on the first system frequency.
  • the UE moves from the first MBSFN area to other MBSFN areas, it is assumed that the UE moves to the edge of the first MBSFN area shown in FIG. 2, The third MBSFN area is about to enter.
  • the UE does not receive the first MBMS service broadcast by the sending module 10 on the first system frequency or the signal strength of receiving the first MBMS service is weak (while the first MBMS service remains at this time).
  • the UE reports the current communication quality to the first base station, for example, by reporting the report feedback, or by reporting the information to the first base station by using other information.
  • the processing module 12 of the first base station learns that the current communication quality of the UE is poor, the service that is currently being broadcast in the second MBSFN area is the first MBMS service according to the indication information sent by the second base station. Therefore, in order to ensure that the UE receives the continuity of the first MBMS service, the processing module 12 switches the UE from the base station of the current third MBSFN area to the second MBSFN area.
  • the processing module 12 may notify, by using a corresponding handshake protocol or signaling, that the UE should currently establish communication with the base station that broadcasts the first MBMS service in the second MBSFN area, thereby switching the UE to the second MBSFN area, thereby enabling The UE may continue to receive the first MBMS service on the second MBSFN area, ensuring that the UE receives the continuity of the first MBMS service. It should be noted that, if the processing module 12 finally determines that the UE can be handed over to multiple base stations in the second MBSFN area, the processing module 12 may select one base station to switch the UE from the current base station of the third MBSFN area to the base station. Base station.
  • the UE moves from the first MBSFN area to another MBSFN area, and the UE is still interested in the first MBMS service broadcast by the first base station, but the UE cannot be in the first place due to the movement of the UE.
  • the signal strength of the first base station that receives the first MBMS service or receives the first MBMS service broadcast is weak on the broadcast frequency of the MBSFN area, but the first base station in the prior art cannot know other base stations except itself.
  • the processing module 12 may be switched from the base station of the currently located MBSFN area to the second MBSFN area according to the indication information, and continue to receive the first MBMS service on the second MBSFN area. So that the UE can receive the first MBMS service without interruption, ensuring that the UE receives the continuity of the first MBMS service.
  • the base station provided by the embodiment of the present invention broadcasts the first MBMS service to the user equipment by using the sending module, and receives the indication information sent by the second base station serving the second MBSFN area by the receiving module,
  • the processing module determines that the user equipment leaves the first MBSFN area
  • the user equipment may be switched from the base station of the current MBSFN area to the second MBSFN area according to the indication information, so that the user equipment receives the first MBMS on the second MBSFN area.
  • the service enables the UE to continuously receive the MBMS service during the mobile process, thereby ensuring the continuity of the service.
  • the processing module 12 is further configured to: before the user equipment is switched from the current MBSFN area to the second MBSFN area, select to switch the UE to the second MBSFN area according to the indication information. That is, when the UE leaves the first MBSFN area, the processing module 12 informs the UE that the second MBSFN area should be selected according to the indication information, and establishes communication with the base station in the second MBSFN area, thereby continuing to receive the second MBSFN area.
  • An MBMS service is further configured to: before the user equipment is switched from the current MBSFN area to the second MBSFN area, select to switch the UE to the second MBSFN area according to the indication information. That is, when the UE leaves the first MBSFN area, the processing module 12 informs the UE that the second MBSFN area should be selected according to the indication information, and establishes communication with the base station in the second MBSFN area, thereby continuing to receive the second MBSFN area.
  • An MBMS service is further configured to: before the user
  • the indication information may include service information of a service currently broadcast by the second MBSFN area, and an identifier of the second base station or a second system frequency of the second base station.
  • the processing module 12 when determining that the UE leaves the first MBSFN area, switches the UE according to the indication information.
  • the second base station that is to say the second base station in the second MBSFN area is currently broadcasting the first MBMS service.
  • the processing module 12 still switches the UE to the second base station according to the identifier of the second base station.
  • the identifier of the second base station may be the SAI corresponding to the second base station, and may be other identifiers of the second base station, as long as the first base station can identify the second base station according to the identifier.
  • the processing module 12 determines, according to the indication information, that the UE leaves the first MBSFN area.
  • the configuration information of a base station for example, the first system frequency of the first base station
  • selects a suitable target base station in the second MBSFN area the target base station is currently broadcasting the first MBMS service
  • Base station It should be noted that even if the first MBSFN service is being broadcasted on the current second base station, the processing module 12 still selects a suitable target base station to perform handover. Of course, if the target base station determined by the processing module 12 is the second base station, the processing module 12 switches the UE to the second base station.
  • the service information of the service currently broadcasted by the second MBSFN area included in the foregoing indication information may be a temporary mobile group identifier of the service (Temporary Mobile Group) Identity, hereinafter referred to as TMGI, may also be attribute information of the service, and may be other identifiers of the service, as long as the processing module 12 can identify the service type of the service according to the service information.
  • TMGI Temporal Mobile Group
  • the embodiment relates to a process in which the processing module 12 obtains the indication information from a base station configuration update request message sent by the second base station. Further, the receiving module 11 is configured to receive a base station configuration update request message sent by the second base station, where the base station configuration update request message carries the indication information.
  • the second base station communicates with the base station by using the X2 interface, that is, the second base station sends an eNB configuration update request message to the first base station by using the X2 interface, where the base station configuration update request message carries the indication information. .
  • the receiving module 11 After receiving the base station configuration update request message sent by the second base station, the receiving module 11 sends a base station configuration update response message (eNB configuration update) to the second base station by using the sending module 10.
  • eNB configuration update base station configuration update response message
  • the processing module 12 determines that the current UE cannot receive the first MBMS service on the broadcast frequency of the first MBSFN area or receives the broadcast first MBMS service.
  • the processing module 12 learns that the service currently broadcasted by the second MBSFN area is the first MBMS service according to the foregoing indication information, and the processing module 12 can locate the UE from the current location of the UE according to the indication information.
  • the base station of the MBSFN area is handed over to the base station in the second MBSFN area, so that the UE continues to receive the first MBMS service on the second MBSFN area, so that the UE can continuously receive the first MBMS service during the mobile process.
  • the embodiment relates to a process in which the processing module 12 obtains the indication information from the X2 interface modification request message sent by the second base station. Further, the receiving module 11 is specifically configured to receive an X2 interface modification request message sent by the second base station.
  • the second base station communicates with the first base station by using the X2 interface, that is, the second base station sends an X2 interface modification request message (X2modify request) to the first base station by using the X2 interface, where the X2 interface modification request message carries the indication information.
  • X2 interface modification request message carries the indication information.
  • the receiving module 11 After receiving the X2 interface modification request message sent by the second base station, the receiving module 11 sends an X2 modification response message (X2modify response) to the second base station by using the sending module 10.
  • the processing module 12 determines that the current UE cannot receive the first MBMS service on the broadcast frequency of the first MBSFN area or receives the broadcast first MBMS service.
  • the processing module 12 learns that the service currently broadcasted by the second MBSFN area is the first MBMS service according to the foregoing indication information, and the processing module 12 can locate the UE from the current location of the UE according to the indication information.
  • the base station of the MBSFN area is handed over to the second MBSFN area, so that the UE continues to receive the first MBMS service on the second MBSFN area, so that the UE can continuously receive the first MBMS service during the mobile process.
  • the embodiment relates to a specific process of the receiving module 11 receiving the indication information sent by the second base station by using the network element device, where the network element For the MCE, refer to the network topology diagram shown in Figure 4.
  • the first base station and the second base station are scheduled and managed by a common MCE.
  • the receiving module 11 is configured to receive MBMS scheduling information that is sent by the second base station by using the MCE, where the MBMS scheduling information is that the MCE sends the M2 according to the received second base station.
  • the interface setup request message is sent to the base station, and the indication information is carried in both the M2 interface setup request message and the MBMS scheduling information.
  • the first base station and the second base station when scheduled and managed by the same MCE, the first base station and the second base station can communicate with each other through the MCE, that is, the M2 interface between the base station and the MCE can communicate with each other.
  • the second base station sends an M2 interface setup request message (M2setup request) to the MCE through the M2 interface, where the M2 interface setup request message carries the indication information.
  • M2 interface setup request message sent by the second base station
  • the MCE sends an M2 interface setup response message (M2setup response) to the second base station, and carries the indication information in the M2 interface setup request message in the MBMS scheduling information (MBMS scheduling).
  • Information is sent to the first base station.
  • the receiving module 11 reads the indication information in the MBMS scheduling information by the processing module 12 to learn the service type currently being broadcast in the second MBSFN area, and sends the MBMS scheduling to the MCE through the sending module 10.
  • Information response (MBMS scheduling Information response).
  • the processing module 12 determines that the current UE cannot receive the first MBMS service on the broadcast frequency of the first MBSFN area or receives the broadcast first MBMS service.
  • the processing module 12 learns that the service currently broadcasted by the second MBSFN area is the first MBMS service according to the foregoing indication information, and the processing module 12 can locate the UE from the current location of the UE according to the indication information.
  • the base station of the MBSFN area is handed over to the base station in the second MBSFN area, so that the UE continues to receive the first MBMS service on the second MBSFN area, so that the UE can continuously receive the first MBMS service during the mobile process.
  • the embodiment relates to another specific process of the receiving module 11 receiving the indication information sent by the second base station by using the network element device, where
  • the network element device includes a first MCE, a second MCE, a first MME, and a second MME.
  • the network element device includes a first MCE, a second MCE, a first MME, and a second MME.
  • 5 may also be the same MME, that is, the embodiment is also applicable to a scenario in which the first MCE and the second MCE are managed by the same MME.
  • the following technical solution is described by taking a scenario in which the first MME manages the first MCE and the second MME manages the second MCE.
  • the receiving module 11 is specifically configured to receive MBMS scheduling information that is sent by the second base station by using the first MCE, where the MBMS scheduling information is the first MCE according to the received first
  • the M3 interface reset message sent by the MME is sent to the base station, and the M3 interface reset message is sent by the first MME to the first MCE according to the received indication information sent by the second MME.
  • the indication information is sent by the second MME to the first MME according to the received M3 interface setup request message sent by the second MCE, where the M3 interface setup request message is the second MCE.
  • sending, by the received M2 interface setup request message, the M2 interface setup request message, the M3 interface setup request message, the M3 interface reset message, and the The indication information is carried in the MBMS scheduling information.
  • the first base station and the second base station can communicate with each other through different MCEs.
  • two MCEs are managed by different MMEs
  • two different MCEs can communicate with each other through the MME.
  • the MeNB can interact with the MCE through the M2 interface
  • the MCE and the MME can interact with each other through the M3 interface.
  • the two different MMEs can interact with each other through the S10 interface.
  • the second base station sends the M2 interface setup request message (M2setup request) to the second MCE through the M2 interface, where the M2 interface setup request message carries the indication information.
  • the second MCE After receiving the M2 interface setup request message sent by the second base station, the second MCE sends an M2 interface setup response message (M2setup response) to the second base station, and carries the indication information in the M2 interface setup request message to the M3 interface setup request.
  • the message is sent to the second MME in the message (M3setup request).
  • the second MME After receiving the M3 interface setup request message sent by the second MCE, the second MME reads the indication information therein, and sends an M3 interface setup response message (M3setup response) to the second MCE.
  • the second MME sends the read indication information to the first MME through an S10 interface with the first MME.
  • the first MME sends the received indication information to the first MCE in the M3 interface reset message (M3RESET), and after receiving the M3 interface reset message, the first MCE sends an M3 interface reset confirmation message to the first MME. (M3RESET ACKNOWLEDGE).
  • M3RESET ACKNOWLEDGE M3 interface reset confirmation message to the first MME.
  • the first MCE reads the indication information in the M3 interface reset message, and carries the indication information in the MBMS scheduling information and sends the indication information to the first base station.
  • the receiving module 11 After receiving the MBMS scheduling information, the receiving module 11 reads the indication information in the MBMS scheduling information by the processing module 12 to learn the service type of the service currently being broadcast in the second MBSFN area, and the first The MCE sends an MBMS scheduling information response.
  • the processing module 12 determines that the current UE cannot receive the first MBMS service on the broadcast frequency of the first MBSFN area or receives the broadcast first MBMS service.
  • the processing module 12 learns that the service currently broadcasted by the second MBSFN area is the first MBMS service according to the foregoing indication information, and the processing module 12 can locate the UE from the current location of the UE according to the indication information.
  • the base station of the MBSFN area switches to the base station in the second MBSFN area, so that the UE continues to receive the first MBMS service on the second base station, so that the UE can continuously receive the first MBMS service during the mobile process.
  • the base station provided by the embodiment of the present invention broadcasts the first MBMS service to the user equipment by using the sending module, and receives the indication information sent by the second base station serving the second MBSFN area by the receiving module, so that the processing module determines that the user equipment leaves the first MBSFN.
  • the user equipment is switched from the base station of the current MBSFN area to the second MBSFN area according to the indication information, so that the user equipment receives the first MBMS service on the second MBSFN area, so that the UE can continuously receive during the mobile process.
  • the MBMS service guarantees the continuity of the business.
  • Embodiment 2 of the present invention provides a base station.
  • the base station serves a second MBSFN area, which may be the second base station in the method embodiment.
  • the base station includes: a sending module, configured to send the indication information to the first base station serving the first MBSFN area, where the first base station currently broadcasts the first MBMS service to the user equipment, where the indication information is used to indicate The service currently broadcast in the second MBSFN area is the first MBMS service.
  • the base station broadcasts the first MBMS service; that is, as long as the MBMS service starts broadcasting in the second MBSFN area, the second MBSFN area sends the indication information to the first base station through the sending module of the second base station to indicate the second to the first base station.
  • the second base station where the sending module is located is a neighboring base station of the first base station, and the second base station may be one or more. Therefore, the indication information may be one or multiple. That is, the first base station may have multiple different neighbor base stations.
  • the first base station After receiving the indication information sent by the sending module, the first base station determines, according to the indication information, that the second MBSFN area is currently broadcasting the first MBMS service, and the first base station records or temporarily stores the indication information.
  • the UE in the first MBSFN area leaves the first MBSFN area (where the leaving the first MBSFN area may move the UE to any MBSFN area except the first MBSFN area, the UE may also move to the first MBSFN area. Edge area), at this time, the UE cannot receive the first MBMS service broadcasted by the first base station or the first broadcast received The signal strength of the first base station of the MBMS service is weak.
  • the first base station switches the UE to the second MBSFN area that is currently broadcasting the first MBMS service according to the indication information, so as to ensure that the UE receives the first MBMS service continuously.
  • the first base station may switch the UE to the second base station according to the indication information; optionally, when other base stations in the second MBSFN area are currently broadcasting,
  • the first base station may switch the UE to other base stations in the second MBSFN area that are broadcasting the first MBMS service according to the indication information sent by the second base station.
  • the base station provided by the embodiment of the present invention sends, by the sending module, the indication information indicating that the service currently broadcasted in the second MBSFN area is the first MBMS service, and the first base station determines that the UE leaves the first base station service.
  • the first base station switches the user equipment from the base station of the current MBSFN area to the second MBSFN area according to the indication information, so that the UE continues to receive the first MBMS service on the second MBSFN area, thereby enabling the UE to The first MBMS service can be continuously received during the mobile process to ensure continuity of the service.
  • the indication information may include service information of a service currently broadcast by the second MBSFN area, and an identifier of the base station (ie, the second base station) or a second system frequency of the second base station.
  • the first base station when determining that the UE leaves the first MBSFN area, switches the UE according to the indication information.
  • the second base station that is to say the transmitting module of the second base station in the second MBSFN area is currently broadcasting the first MBMS service.
  • the first base station still switches the UE to the second base station according to the identifier of the second base station.
  • the identifier of the second base station may be the SAI corresponding to the second base station, and may be other identifiers of the second base station, as long as the first base station can identify the second base station according to the identifier.
  • the indication information is the service information of the service currently broadcasted by the second MBSFN area and the second system frequency of the second base station
  • the first base station determines that the UE leaves the first MBSFN area, according to the indication information and the The configuration information of a base station (for example, the first system frequency of the first base station) selects a suitable target base station in the second MBSFN area (the target base station is currently broadcasting the first MBMS service), and switches the UE to the target in the second MBSFN area.
  • Base station It should be noted that even if the first MBSFN service is being broadcasted on the current second base station, the first base station will still The appropriate target base station will be selected for handover. Of course, if the target base station determined by the first base station is the second base station, the first base station switches the UE to the second base station.
  • the service information of the service currently broadcasted by the second MBSFN area included in the foregoing indication information may be the TMGI of the service, the attribute information of the service, or other identifiers of the service, as long as the A base station can identify the service type of the service according to the service information.
  • the embodiment relates to a process in which the sending module carries the indication information in the base station configuration update request message and sends the information to the first base station. Further, the sending module is configured to send a base station configuration update request message to the first base station, where the base station configuration update request message carries the indication information.
  • the second base station communicates with the first base station by using the X2 interface, that is, the sending module of the second base station sends a base station configuration update request message (eNB configuration update request) to the first base station by using the X2 interface, where the base station configures the update request message.
  • eNB configuration update request a base station configuration update request message
  • the first base station After receiving the base station configuration update request message sent by the second base station, the first base station sends a base station configuration update response message (eNB configuration update) to the second base station.
  • eNB configuration update base station configuration update response message
  • the first base station determines that the current UE cannot receive the first MBMS service on the broadcast frequency of the first MBSFN area or receives the broadcast first MBMS service
  • the first base station may present the UE from the UE according to the indication information.
  • the base station of the MBSFN area is handed over to the base station in the second MBSFN area, so that the UE continues to receive the first MBMS service on the second MBSFN area, so that the UE can continuously receive the first MBMS service during the mobile process.
  • the embodiment relates to a process in which the sending module carries the indication information in the X2 interface modification request message and sends the information to the first base station. Further, the sending module is specifically configured to send an X2 interface request message to the first base station, where the X2 interface request message carries the indication information.
  • the second base station communicates with the first base station through the X2 interface, that is, the second base station sends the second base station
  • the sending module sends the X2 interface modification request message (X2modify request) to the first base station by using the X2 interface, where the X2 interface modification request message carries the indication information.
  • the first base station After receiving the X2 interface modification request message sent by the second base station, the first base station sends an X2 modify response message to the second base station.
  • the first base station determines that the current UE cannot receive the first MBMS service on the broadcast frequency of the first MBSFN area or receives the broadcast first MBMS service
  • the first base station may present the UE from the UE according to the indication information. The base station of the MBSFN area is handed over to the second MBSFN area, so that the UE continues to receive the first MBMS service on the second MBSFN area, so that the UE can continuously receive the first MBMS service during the mobile process.
  • the embodiment relates to a specific process in which the sending module sends the indication information to the first base station by using the network element device.
  • the network element device may be an MCE that jointly manages the first base station and the second base station.
  • the foregoing sending module is configured to send the MBMS scheduling information to the first base station by using the MCE, where the MBMS scheduling information is that the MCE is configured according to the received M2 interface setup request message sent by the base station.
  • the information is sent to the first base station, where the indication information is carried in both the M2 interface setup request message and the MBMS scheduling information.
  • the first base station and the second base station when scheduled and managed by the same MCE, the first base station and the second base station can communicate with each other through the MCE, that is, the M2 interface between the base station and the MCE can communicate with each other.
  • the sending module sends an M2 interface setup request message (M2setup request) to the MCE through the M2 interface, where the M2 interface setup request message carries the indication information.
  • M2 interface setup request message sent by the second base station
  • the MCE sends an M2 interface setup response message (M2setup response) to the second base station, and carries the indication information in the M2 interface setup request message in the MBMS scheduling information (MBMS scheduling).
  • Information is sent to the first base station.
  • the first base station reads the indication information in the MBMS scheduling information to learn the service type currently being broadcast in the second MBSFN area, and sends the MBMS to the MCE.
  • MBMS scheduling information response is sent to the first base station.
  • the first base station may, according to the indication information, the UE is currently located by the UE.
  • the base station of the MBSFN area is handed over to the base station in the second MBSFN area, so that the UE continues to receive the first MBMS service on the second MBSFN area, so that the UE can continuously receive the first MBMS service during the mobile process.
  • the embodiment relates to another specific process in which the sending module sends the indication information to the first base station by using the network element device.
  • the network element device includes a first MCE, a second MCE, a first MME, and a second MME. Referring to the network topology diagram shown in FIG. 5, in FIG. 5, the first MCE scheduling management first base station, and the second MCE scheduling management The second base station, and the first MME manages the first MCE, and the second MME manages the second MCE.
  • 5 may also be the same MME, that is, the embodiment is also applicable to a scenario in which the first MCE and the second MCE are managed by the same MME.
  • the following technical solution is described by taking a scenario in which the first MME manages the first MCE and the second MME manages the second MCE.
  • the sending module is configured to send the MBMS scheduling information to the first base station by using the first MCE, where the MBMS scheduling information is sent by the first MCE according to the received first MME.
  • the M3 interface reset message is sent to the first base station, and the M3 interface reset message is sent by the first MME to the first MCE according to the received indication information sent by the second MME.
  • the indication information is sent by the second MME to the first MME according to the received M3 interface setup request message sent by the second MCE, where the M3 interface setup request message is the second MCE.
  • the M2 interface setup request message sent by the received base station is sent to the second MME; the M2 interface setup request message, the M3 interface setup request message, and the M3 interface are heavy
  • the indication information is carried in both the message and the MBMS scheduling information.
  • the first base station and the second base station can communicate with each other through different MCEs.
  • two MCEs are managed by different MMEs
  • two different MCEs can communicate with each other through the MME.
  • the MeNB can interact with the MCE through the M2 interface
  • the MCE and the MME can interact with each other through the M3 interface.
  • the two different MMEs can interact with each other through the S10 interface.
  • the sending module sends the M2 interface setup request message (M2setup request) to the second MCE through the M2 interface, where the M2 interface setup request message carries the indication information.
  • the second MCE After receiving the M2 interface setup request message sent by the sending module, the second MCE sends an M2 interface setup response message (M2setup response) to the second base station, and carries the indication information in the M2 interface setup request message in the M3 interface setup request message. (M3setup request) is sent to the second MME.
  • the second MME After receiving the M3 interface setup request message sent by the second MCE, the second MME reads the indication information therein, and sends an M3 interface setup response message (M3setup response) to the second MCE.
  • the second MME sends the read indication information to the first MME through an S10 interface with the first MME.
  • the first MME sends the received indication information to the first MCE in the M3 interface reset message (M3RESET), and after receiving the M3 interface reset message, the first MCE sends an M3 interface reset confirmation message to the first MME. (M3RESET ACKNOWLEDGE).
  • M3RESET ACKNOWLEDGE M3 interface reset confirmation message to the first MME.
  • the first MCE reads the indication information in the M3 interface reset message, and carries the indication information in the MBMS scheduling information and sends the indication information to the first base station.
  • the first base station After receiving the MBMS scheduling information, the first base station reads the indication information in the MBMS scheduling information to learn the service type currently being broadcast in the second MBSFN area, and sends an MBMS scheduling information response to the MCE. .
  • the first base station may present the UE from the UE according to the indication information.
  • the base station of the MBSFN area is handed over to the base station in the second MBSFN area, so that the UE continues to receive the first MBMS service on the second MBSFN area, so that the UE can continuously receive the first MBMS service during the mobile process.
  • the base station provided by the embodiment of the present invention sends a second base station to the first base station to indicate the second
  • the service currently broadcasted by the MBSFN area is the indication information of the first MBMS service. If the first base station determines that the UE leaves the first MBSFN area served by the first base station, the first base station switches the user equipment from the base station of the current MBSFN area according to the indication information. Up to the second MBSFN area, so that the UE continues to receive the first MBMS service on the second MBSFN area, so that the UE can continuously receive the first MBMS service during the mobile process, ensuring continuity of the service.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic flowchart diagram of Embodiment 1 of a method for maintaining service continuity according to the present invention. As shown in FIG. 6, the method includes:
  • the first base station serving the first MBSFN area broadcasts the first MBMS service to the user equipment.
  • the first base station receives the indication information that is sent by the second base station that serves the second MBSFN area, where the indication information is used to indicate that the service currently broadcasted by the second MBSFN area is the first MBMS service.
  • the second MBSFN area when the second MBSFN area starts to broadcast the first MBMS service, the second MBSFN area sends the indication information to the first base station by using the second base station, that is, the first base station is indicated by the indication information to the current broadcast service of the second MBSFN area. It is the first MBMS service. It should be noted that the base station in the second MBSFN area broadcasts the first MBMS service, and the second base station in the second MBSFN area may broadcast the first MBMS service, or may be other than the second base station in the second MBSFN area.
  • the base station broadcasts the first MBMS service; that is, as long as the MBMS service starts broadcasting in the second MBSFN area, the second MBSFN area sends the indication information to the first base station by using the second base station to indicate to the first base station that the second MBSFN area is currently
  • the type of MBMS service broadcast is broadcast.
  • the second base station is a neighboring base station of the first base station, and the second base station may be one or more. Therefore, the indication information may be one or multiple, that is, the first base station. There may be multiple different neighbor base stations.
  • the first base station switches the user equipment from a base station of a current MBSFN area to the second MBSFN area according to the indication information, so that the The user equipment receives the first MBMS service on the second MBSFN area.
  • the first base station determines, according to the indication information, that the second MBSFN area currently broadcasts the first MBMS service, and the first base station The station records or temporarily stores the indication information.
  • the UE in the first MBSFN area leaves the first MBSFN area (where the leaving the first MBSFN area may move the UE to any MBSFN area except the first MBSFN area, the UE may also move to the first MBSFN area.
  • the edge region is that the UE cannot receive the first MBMS service broadcast by the first base station or the first base station that receives the first MBMS service is weak, and the first base station switches the UE to the current according to the indication information.
  • the second MBSFN area of the first MBMS service is being broadcasted to ensure that the UE receives the first MBMS service continuity.
  • the UE is switched to the second MBSFN area, and actually the user equipment is switched to the base station in the second MBSFN area.
  • the first base station may switch the UE to the second base station according to the indication information; optionally, when other base stations in the second MBSFN area are currently broadcasting, For the first MBMS service, the first base station may switch the UE to other base stations in the second MBSFN area that are broadcasting the first MBMS service according to the indication information sent by the second base station.
  • the UE is currently in the first MBSFN area, and the UE is receiving the first MBMS service broadcast by the first base station on the first system frequency.
  • the UE moves from the first MBSFN area to the other MBSFN area, it is assumed that the UE moves to the edge of the first MBSFN area shown in FIG. 2, and is about to enter the third MBSFN area, and the UE does not receive the first system frequency. If the signal strength of the first MBMS service broadcasted by a base station or the first base station that receives the first MBMS service is weak (while the first MBMS service is still the service of interest to the UE), the UE reports itself to the first base station.
  • the current communication quality may be reported by measurement report, or may be reported to the first base station by other information.
  • the first base station learns that the current communication quality of the UE is poor, the first base station learns, according to the indication information sent by the second base station, that the service currently being broadcast in the second MBSFN area is the first MBMS service. Therefore, in order to ensure that the UE receives the continuity of the first MBMS service, the first base station switches the UE from the base station of the current third MBSFN area to the second MBSFN area.
  • the first base station may notify, by using a corresponding handshake protocol or signaling, that the UE should currently establish communication with the base station that broadcasts the first MBMS service in the second MBSFN area, thereby switching the UE to the second MBSFN area, thereby enabling The UE may continue to receive the first MBMS service on the second MBSFN area, ensuring that the UE receives the continuity of the first MBMS service. It should be noted that, if the first base station finally determines that the UE can switch to multiple base stations in the second MBSFN area, the first base station may select one base station and the UE from the current third. The base station of the MBSFN area switches to the base station.
  • the UE moves from the first MBSFN area to another MBSFN area, and the UE is still interested in the first MBMS service broadcast by the first base station, but the UE cannot be in the first place due to the movement of the UE.
  • the signal strength of the first base station that receives the first MBMS service or receives the first MBMS service broadcast is weak on the broadcast frequency of the MBSFN area, but the first base station in the prior art cannot know other base stations except itself.
  • the second base station since the second base station will be the second MBSFN The service currently broadcasted by the area is notified to the first base station by the indication information. Therefore, when the UE cannot receive the first MBMS service during the mobile process or the signal strength of the first base station that receives the first MBMS service is weak, the first base station The UE may be switched from the base station of the currently located MBSFN area to the second MBSFN area according to the indication information, and continue to receive the first MBMS service on the second MBSFN area. So that the UE may not receive the first MBMS service interruption, to ensure continuity of the first UE receiving the MBMS service.
  • the first base station receives the indication information that is sent by the second base station to indicate that the service currently broadcasted in the second MBSFN area is the first MBMS service, and if the first base station determines that the UE leaves the When the first MBSFN area is served by the base station, the first base station switches the user equipment from the base station of the current MBSFN area to the second MBSFN area according to the indication information, so that the UE continues to receive the first MBMS service on the second MBSFN area, thereby The UE can continuously receive the MBMS service during the mobile process, ensuring the continuity of the service.
  • the first base station before the first base station switches the user equipment from the current MBSFN area to the second MBSFN area, the first base station further selects to switch the UE to the second MBSFN area according to the indication information. That is, when the UE leaves the first MBSFN area, the first base station informs the UE that the second MBSFN area should be selected according to the indication information, and establishes communication with the base station in the second MBSFN area, thereby continuing to receive the second MBSFN area.
  • An MBMS service is an MBMS service.
  • the indication information may include service information of a service currently broadcast by the second MBSFN area, and an identifier of the second base station or a second system frequency of the second base station.
  • the indication information is the service information of the service currently broadcasted by the second MBSFN area and the identifier of the second base station
  • the first base station determines that the UE leaves the first MBSFN area
  • the UE is handed over to the second base station according to the indication information, that is, the second base station in the second MBSFN area is currently broadcasting the first MBMS service.
  • the first base station still switches the UE to the second base station according to the identifier of the second base station.
  • the identifier of the second base station may be the SAI corresponding to the second base station, and may be other identifiers of the second base station, as long as the first base station can identify the second base station according to the identifier.
  • the indication information is the service information of the service currently broadcasted by the second MBSFN area and the second system frequency of the second base station
  • the first base station determines that the UE leaves the first MBSFN area, according to the indication information and the The configuration information of a base station (for example, the first system frequency of the first base station) selects a suitable target base station in the second MBSFN area (the target base station is currently broadcasting the first MBMS service), and switches the UE to the target in the second MBSFN area.
  • Base station It should be noted that even if the first MBSFN service is being broadcasted on the current second base station, the first base station will still select the appropriate target base station to perform handover. Of course, if the target base station determined by the first base station is the second base station, the first base station switches the UE to the second base station.
  • the service information of the service currently broadcasted by the second MBSFN area included in the foregoing indication information may be a Temporary Mobile Group Identity (TMGI) of the service, and may also be an attribute of the service.
  • TMGI Temporary Mobile Group Identity
  • the information may also be other identifiers of the service, as long as the first base station can identify the service type of the service according to the service information.
  • the embodiment relates to a process in which the first base station obtains the indication information from a base station configuration update request message sent by the second base station.
  • the above S101 is specifically: the first base station receives the base station configuration update request message sent by the second base station, and the base station configuration update request message carries the indication information.
  • the second base station communicates with the first base station by using the X2 interface, that is, the second base station sends an eNB configuration update request message to the first base station by using the X2 interface, where the base station configuration update request message carries the foregoing Instructions.
  • the first base station After receiving the base station configuration update request message sent by the second base station, the first base station sends a base station configuration update response message (eNB configuration update) to the second base station.
  • eNB configuration update base station configuration update response message
  • the first base station determines the current UE
  • the first base station learns the second MBSFN area according to the indication information.
  • the currently broadcasted service is the first MBMS service
  • the first base station may switch the UE from the base station of the MBSFN area where the UE is currently located to the base station in the second MBSFN area according to the foregoing indication information, so that the UE is in the second
  • the first MBMS service continues to be received on the MBSFN area, so that the UE can continuously receive the first MBMS service during the mobile process.
  • the first base station may determine, by using a TMGI of the service currently broadcasted by the second MBSFN area that is carried in the information, whether the current broadcast service of the second MBSFN area is the first MBMS service, that is, the first base station may The TMGI of the service is compared with the TMGI of the first MBMS service broadcasted by itself, and the service currently broadcasted in the second MBSFN area is determined to be the first MBMS service.
  • the embodiment relates to a process in which the first base station obtains the indication information from an X2 interface modification request message sent by the second base station.
  • the foregoing S101 is specifically: the first base station receives the X2 interface modification request message sent by the second base station, and the X2 interface modification request message carries the indication information.
  • the second base station communicates with the first base station by using the X2 interface, that is, the second base station sends an X2 interface modification request message (X2modify request) to the first base station by using the X2 interface, where the X2 interface modification request message carries the indication information.
  • X2 interface modification request message carries the indication information.
  • the first base station After receiving the X2 interface modification request message sent by the second base station, the first base station sends an X2 modify response message to the second base station.
  • the UE moves from the first MBSFN area to another MBSFN area, if the first base station determines that the current UE cannot receive the first MBMS service on the broadcast frequency of the first MBSFN area or receives the broadcast first MBMS service
  • the first base station may present the UE from the UE according to the indication information.
  • the base station of the MBSFN area is handed over to the base station in the second MBSFN area, so that the UE continues to receive the first MBMS service on the second MBSFN area, so that the UE can continuously receive the first MBMS service during the mobile process.
  • the first base station may determine, by using a TMGI of the service currently broadcasted by the second MBSFN area that is carried in the information, whether the current broadcast service of the second MBSFN area is the first MBMS service, that is, the first base station may The TMGI of the service is compared with the TMGI of the first MBMS service broadcasted by itself, and the service currently broadcasted in the second MBSFN area is determined to be the first MBMS service.
  • the embodiment relates to a specific process for the first base station to receive the indication information sent by the second base station by using the network element device, where the network element
  • the device is a Multi-cell/Multicast Coordination Entity (MCE).
  • MCE Multi-cell/Multicast Coordination Entity
  • the first base station and the second base station are scheduled and managed by a common MCE.
  • the foregoing S101 includes: the first base station receives the MBMS scheduling information that is sent by the second base station by using the MCE, where the MBMS scheduling information is that the MCE sends the M2 according to the received second base station.
  • the interface setup request message is sent to the first base station, and the indication information is carried in both the M2 interface setup request message and the MBMS scheduling information.
  • the first base station and the second base station when scheduled and managed by the same MCE, the first base station and the second base station can communicate with each other through the MCE, that is, the M2 interface between the base station and the MCE can communicate with each other.
  • the second base station sends an M2 interface setup request message (M2setup request) to the MCE through the M2 interface, where the M2 interface setup request message carries the indication information.
  • M2 interface setup request message M2setup request
  • the MCE After receiving the M2 interface setup request message sent by the second base station, the MCE sends an M2 interface setup response message (M2setup response) to the second base station, and carries the indication information in the M2 interface setup request message in the MBMS scheduling information (MBMS scheduling). Information) is sent to the first base station. After receiving the MBMS scheduling information, the first base station reads the indication information in the MBMS scheduling information to learn the service type currently being broadcast in the second MBSFN area, and sends an MBMS scheduling information response to the MCE. .
  • the first base station When the UE moves from the first MBSFN area to another MBSFN area, if the first base station determines that the current UE cannot receive the first MBMS service on the broadcast frequency of the first MBSFN area or receives the broadcast first MBMS service When the signal strength of the first base station is weak, the first base station learns that the service currently broadcast in the second MBSFN area is the first according to the indication information.
  • the MBMS service the first base station may switch the UE from the base station of the MBSFN area where the UE is currently located to the base station in the second MBSFN area according to the foregoing indication information, so that the UE continues to receive the first on the second MBSFN area.
  • the MBMS service enables the UE to continuously receive the first MBMS service during the mobile process.
  • the first base station may determine, by using a TMGI of the service currently broadcasted by the second MBSFN area that is carried in the information, whether the current broadcast service of the second MBSFN area is the first MBMS service, that is, the first base station may The TMGI of the service is compared with the TMGI of the first MBMS service broadcasted by itself, and the service currently broadcasted in the second MBSFN area is determined to be the first MBMS service.
  • the embodiment relates to a specific process for the first base station to receive the indication information sent by the second base station by using the network element device, where the network element
  • the device includes a first MCE, a second MCE, a first Mobility Management Entity (MME), and a second MME. See the network topology diagram shown in FIG. 5, and the first MCE scheduling management in FIG.
  • the first base station, the second MCE schedules management of the second base station, and the first MME manages the first MCE, and the second MME manages the second MCE.
  • 5 may also be the same MME, that is, the embodiment is also applicable to a scenario in which the first MCE and the second MCE are managed by the same MME.
  • the following technical solution is described by taking a scenario in which the first MME manages the first MCE and the second MME manages the second MCE.
  • the foregoing S101 specifically includes: the first base station receives the MBMS scheduling information that is sent by the second base station by using the first MCE, where the MBMS scheduling information is the first MCE according to the received first
  • the M3 interface reset message sent by the MME is sent to the first base station, and the M3 interface reset message is sent by the first MME according to the received indication information sent by the second MME to the first MME.
  • the indication information is sent by the second MME to the first MME according to the received M3 interface setup request message sent by the second MCE, where the M3 interface setup request message is the And sending, by the second MCE, the M2 interface setup request message sent by the second base station to the second MME, the M2 interface setup request message, the M3 interface setup request message, and the M3 interface reset message. And the indication information is carried in both the MBMS scheduling information.
  • the first base station and the second base station can communicate with each other through different MCEs.
  • two MCEs are managed by different MMEs
  • two different MCEs can communicate with each other through the MME.
  • the MeNB can interact with the MCE through the M2 interface
  • the MCE and the MME can interact with each other through the M3 interface.
  • the two different MMEs can interact with each other through the S10 interface.
  • the second base station sends the M2 interface setup request message (M2setup request) to the second MCE through the M2 interface, where the M2 interface setup request message carries the indication information.
  • the second MCE After receiving the M2 interface setup request message sent by the second base station, the second MCE sends an M2 interface setup response message (M2setup response) to the second base station, and carries the indication information in the M2 interface setup request message to the M3 interface setup request.
  • the message is sent to the second MME in the message (M3setup request).
  • the second MME After receiving the M3 interface setup request message sent by the second MCE, the second MME reads the indication information therein, and sends an M3 interface setup response message (M3setup response) to the second MCE.
  • the second MME sends the read indication information to the first MME through an S10 interface with the first MME.
  • the first MME sends the received indication information to the first MCE in the M3 interface reset message (M3RESET), and after receiving the M3 interface reset message, the first MCE sends an M3 interface reset confirmation message to the first MME. (M3RESET ACKNOWLEDGE).
  • M3RESET ACKNOWLEDGE M3 interface reset confirmation message to the first MME.
  • the first MCE reads the indication information in the M3 interface reset message, and carries the indication information in the MBMS scheduling information and sends the indication information to the first base station.
  • the first base station After receiving the MBMS scheduling information, the first base station reads the indication information in the MBMS scheduling information to learn the service type of the service currently being broadcast in the second MBSFN area, and sends an MBMS scheduling information response (MBMS) to the first MCE. Scheduling information response).
  • MBMS MBMS scheduling information response
  • the first base station may present the UE from the UE according to the indication information.
  • the base station of the MBSFN area is handed over to the base station in the second MBSFN area, so that the UE continues to receive the first MBMS service on the second MBSFN area, so that the UE can continuously receive the first MBMS service during the mobile process.
  • the first base station may determine, by using a TMGI of the service currently broadcasted by the second MBSFN area that is carried in the information, whether the current broadcast service of the second MBSFN area is the first MBMS service, that is, the first base station may The TMGI of the service is compared with the TMGI of the first MBMS service broadcasted by itself, and the service currently broadcasted in the second MBSFN area is determined to be the first MBMS service. .
  • the first base station receives the indication information that is sent by the second base station to indicate that the service currently broadcasted in the second MBSFN area is the first MBMS service, and if the first base station determines that the UE leaves the When the first MBSFN area is served by the base station, the first base station switches the user equipment from the base station of the current MBSFN area to the second MBSFN area according to the indication information, so that the UE continues to receive the first MBMS service on the second MBSFN area, thereby The UE can continuously receive the MBMS service during the mobile process, ensuring the continuity of the service.
  • Embodiment 2 of the present invention provides a method for maintaining business continuity.
  • the embodiment of the invention relates to a specific process for the first base station to ensure that the UE receives the continuity of the first MBMS service during the MBSFN inter-area movement.
  • the method includes: transmitting, by the second base station serving the second multicast broadcast single frequency network MBSFN area, the indication information to the first base station serving the first MBSFN area; wherein the first base station currently broadcasts the first MBMS to the user equipment The service, the indication information is used to indicate that the service currently broadcast by the second MBSFN area is the first MBMS service.
  • the second MBSFN area when the second MBSFN area starts to broadcast the first MBMS service, the second MBSFN area sends the indication information to the first base station by using the second base station, that is, the indication information is used to indicate to the first base station that the current broadcast service of the MBSFN area is the first An MBMS service.
  • the base station in the second MBSFN area broadcasts the first MBMS service
  • the second base station in the second MBSFN area may broadcast the first MBMS service, or may be other than the second base station in the second MBSFN area.
  • the base station broadcasts the first MBMS service; that is, as long as the MBMS service starts broadcasting in the second MBSFN area, the second MBSFN area sends the indication information to the first base station by using the second base station to indicate to the first base station that the second MBSFN area is currently
  • the type of MBMS service broadcast is broadcast.
  • the second base station is a neighboring base station of the first base station, and the second base station may be one or more. Therefore, the indication information may be one or multiple. That is, the first base station may have multiple different neighbor base stations.
  • the first base station After receiving the indication information sent by the second base station, the first base station according to the indication signal It is determined that the second MBSFN area currently broadcasts the first MBMS service, and the first base station records or temporarily stores the indication information.
  • the UE in the first MBSFN area leaves the first MBSFN area (where the leaving the first MBSFN area may move the UE to any MBSFN area except the first MBSFN area, the UE may also move to the first MBSFN area.
  • the UE may not receive the first MBMS service broadcast by the first base station or the first base station that broadcasts the first MBMS service is weak, and the first base station may switch the UE to the indication according to the indication information.
  • the second MBSFN area of the first MBMS service is currently being broadcasted to ensure that the UE receives the first MBMS service continuity.
  • the first base station may switch the UE to the second base station according to the indication information; optionally, when other base stations in the second MBSFN area are currently broadcasting, For the first MBMS service, the first base station may switch the UE to other base stations in the second MBSFN area that are broadcasting the first MBMS service according to the indication information sent by the second base station.
  • the second base station sends, to the first base station, indication information for indicating that the service currently broadcasted by the second MBSFN area is the first MBMS service, if the first base station determines that the UE leaves the first
  • the first base station switches the user equipment from the base station of the current MBSFN area to the second MBSFN area according to the indication information, so that the UE continues to receive the first MBMS service on the second MBSFN area. Therefore, the UE can continuously receive the first MBMS service during the mobile process, thereby ensuring continuity of the service.
  • the foregoing indication information may include service information of a service currently broadcast by the second MBSFN area, and an identifier of the second base station or a second system frequency of the second base station.
  • the first base station when determining that the UE leaves the first MBSFN area, switches the UE according to the indication information.
  • the second base station that is to say the second base station in the second MBSFN area is currently broadcasting the first MBMS service.
  • the first base station still switches the UE to the second base station according to the identifier of the second base station.
  • the identifier of the second base station may be the SAI corresponding to the second base station, and may be other identifiers of the second base station, as long as the first base station can identify the second base station according to the identifier.
  • the foregoing indication information is a service letter of a service currently broadcast in the second MBSFN area
  • the second base station frequency of the second base station when determining that the UE leaves the first MBSFN area, according to the indication information and configuration information of the first base station (for example, the first system frequency of the first base station) is in the second Selecting a suitable target base station in the MBSFN area (the target base station is currently broadcasting the first MBMS service) switches the UE to the target base station in the second MBSFN area.
  • the first base station will still select the appropriate target base station to perform handover.
  • the target base station determined by the first base station is the second base station, the first base station switches the UE to the second base station.
  • the service information of the service currently broadcasted by the second MBSFN area included in the foregoing indication information may be the TMGI of the service, the attribute information of the service, or other identifiers of the service, as long as the A base station can identify the service type of the service according to the service information.
  • the embodiment relates to a process in which the second base station carries the indication information in the base station configuration update request message and sends the information to the first base station.
  • the sending, by the second base station, the indication information to the first base station may include: the second base station sending a base station configuration update request message to the first base station, where the base station configuration update request message carries the indication information.
  • the second base station communicates with the first base station by using the X2 interface, that is, the second base station sends an eNB configuration update request message to the first base station by using the X2 interface, where the base station configuration update request message carries the foregoing Instructions.
  • the first base station After receiving the base station configuration update request message sent by the second base station, the first base station sends a base station configuration update response message (eNB configuration update) to the second base station.
  • eNB configuration update base station configuration update response message
  • the first base station determines that the current UE cannot receive the first MBMS service on the broadcast frequency of the first MBSFN area or receives the broadcast first MBMS service
  • the first base station may present the UE from the UE according to the indication information.
  • the base station of the MBSFN area is handed over to the base station in the second MBSFN area, so that the UE continues to receive the first MBMS service on the second MBSFN area, so that the UE can continuously receive the first MBMS service during the mobile process.
  • the embodiment relates to a process in which the second base station carries the indication information in the X2 interface modification request message and sends the information to the first base station. Further, the sending, by the second base station, the indication information to the first base station may include: the second base station sending an X2 interface request message to the first base station, where the X2 interface request message carries the indication information.
  • the second base station communicates with the first base station by using the X2 interface, that is, the second base station sends an X2 interface modification request message (X2modify request) to the first base station by using the X2 interface, where the X2 interface modification request message carries the indication information.
  • X2 interface modification request message carries the indication information.
  • the first base station After receiving the X2 interface modification request message sent by the second base station, the first base station sends an X2 modify response message to the second base station.
  • the UE moves from the first MBSFN area to another MBSFN area, if the first base station determines that the current UE cannot receive the first MBMS service on the broadcast frequency of the first MBSFN area or receives the broadcast first MBMS service
  • the first base station may present the UE from the UE according to the indication information.
  • the base station of the MBSFN area is handed over to the base station in the second MBSFN area, so that the UE continues to receive the first MBMS service on the second MBSFN area, so that the UE can continuously receive the first MBMS service during the mobile process.
  • the embodiment relates to a specific process in which the second base station sends the indication information to the first base station by using the network element device.
  • the network element device may be an MCE that jointly manages the first base station and the second base station. For example, refer to the network topology diagram shown in FIG. 4.
  • the sending, by the second base station, the indication information to the first base station may include: the second base station sending the MBMS scheduling information to the first base station by using the MCE, where the MBMS scheduling information is the MCE according to the receiving And sending, by the second base station, an M2 interface setup request message to the first base station, where the M2 interface setup request message and the MBMS scheduling information both carry the indication information.
  • the first base station and the second base station when scheduled and managed by the same MCE, the first base station and the second base station can communicate with each other through the MCE, that is, the M2 interface between the base station and the MCE can communicate with each other.
  • the second base station sends an M2 interface setup request message (M2setup request) to the MCE through the M2 interface, where the M2 interface setup request message carries the indication information.
  • M2 interface setup request message sent by the second base station
  • the MCE sends an M2 interface setup response message (M2setup response) to the second base station, and carries the indication information in the M2 interface setup request message in the MBMS scheduling information (MBMS scheduling).
  • Information is sent to the first base station.
  • the first base station reads the indication information in the MBMS scheduling information to learn the service type currently being broadcast in the second MBSFN area, and sends an MBMS scheduling information response to the MCE. .
  • the first base station may, according to the indication information, the UE is currently located by the UE.
  • the base station of the MBSFN area is handed over to the base station in the second MBSFN area, so that the UE continues to receive the first MBMS service on the second MBSFN area, so that the UE can continuously receive the first MBMS service during the mobile process.
  • the embodiment relates to a specific process in which the second base station sends the indication information to the first base station by using the network element device.
  • the network element device includes a first MCE, a second MCE, a first MME, and a second MME.
  • the following technical solution is described by taking a scenario in which the first MME manages the first MCE and the second MME manages the second MCE.
  • the sending, by the second base station, the indication information to the first base station may include: sending, by the second base station, the MBMS scheduling information to the first base station by using the first MCE, where the MBMS scheduling information is the An MCE sends the M3 interface reset message sent by the first MME to the first base station, where the M3 interface reset message is sent by the first MME according to the received second MME.
  • the indication information is sent to the first MCE, and the indication information is sent by the second MME to the first MME according to the received M3 interface setup request message sent by the second MCE.
  • the M3 interface setup request message is sent by the second MCE according to the received M2 interface setup request message sent by the second base station.
  • the M2 interface setup request message, the M3 interface setup request message, the M3 interface reset message, and the MBMS scheduling information are all sent to the second MME.
  • the first base station and the second base station can communicate with each other through different MCEs; when two MCEs are managed by different MMEs, two different The MCE can communicate with each other through the MME.
  • the MeNB can interact with the MCE through the M2 interface, and the MCE and the MME can interact with each other through the M3 interface.
  • the two different MMEs can interact with each other through the S10 interface.
  • the second base station sends the M2 interface setup request message (M2setup request) to the second MCE through the M2 interface, where the M2 interface setup request message carries the indication information.
  • the second MCE After receiving the M2 interface setup request message sent by the second base station, the second MCE sends an M2 interface setup response message (M2setup response) to the second base station, and carries the indication information in the M2 interface setup request message to the M3 interface setup request.
  • the message is sent to the second MME in the message (M3setup request).
  • the second MME After receiving the M3 interface setup request message sent by the second MCE, the second MME reads the indication information therein, and sends an M3 interface setup response message (M3setup response) to the second MCE.
  • the second MME sends the read indication information to the first MME through an S10 interface with the first MME.
  • the first MME sends the received indication information to the first MCE in the M3 interface reset message (M3RESET), and after receiving the M3 interface reset message, the first MCE sends an M3 interface reset confirmation message to the first MME. (M3RESET ACKNOWLEDGE).
  • M3RESET ACKNOWLEDGE M3 interface reset confirmation message to the first MME.
  • the first MCE reads the indication information in the M3 interface reset message, and carries the indication information in the MBMS scheduling information and sends the indication information to the first base station.
  • the first base station After receiving the MBMS scheduling information, the first base station reads the indication information in the MBMS scheduling information to learn the service type currently being broadcast in the second MBSFN area, and sends an MBMS scheduling information response to the MCE. .
  • the first base station may present the UE from the UE according to the indication information.
  • the base station of the MBSFN area is handed over to the base station in the second MBSFN area, so that the UE continues to receive the first MBMS service on the second MBSFN area, so that the UE can continuously receive the first MBMS service during the mobile process.
  • the second base station sends, to the second base station, indication information indicating that the service currently broadcasted by the second MBSFN area is the first MBMS service, if the first base station determines that the UE leaves the first
  • the first base station switches the user equipment from the base station of the current MBSFN area to the second MBSFN area according to the indication information, so that the UE continues to receive the first MBMS service on the second MBSFN area. Therefore, the UE can continuously receive the first MBMS service during the mobile process, thereby ensuring continuity of the service.
  • FIG. 7 is a signaling flowchart of Embodiment 3 of a method for maintaining service continuity according to the present invention. As shown in FIG. 7, the method includes:
  • the first base station broadcasts the first MBMS service to the user equipment.
  • the second base station sends a base station configuration update request message to the first base station, where the base station configuration update request message carries the indication information, where the indication information is used to indicate that the service currently broadcasted by the second MBSFN area is the first MBMS business.
  • S203 The first base station sends a base station configuration update response message to the second base station.
  • the first base station switches the user equipment from the base station of the current MBSFN area to the second MBSFN area according to the indication information, so that the user equipment Receiving the first MBMS service on the second MBSFN area.
  • FIG. 8 is a signaling flowchart of Embodiment 4 of a method for maintaining service continuity according to the present invention. As shown in Figure 8, the method includes:
  • the first base station broadcasts the first MBMS service to the user equipment.
  • the first base station sends an X2 modification response message to the second base station.
  • FIG. 9 is a signaling flowchart of Embodiment 5 of a method for maintaining service continuity according to the present invention.
  • the embodiment is related to the specific process of the first base station receiving the indication information sent by the second base station by using the network element device.
  • the network element device is an MCE, and the network topology diagram shown in FIG. 4 can be referred to.
  • the method includes:
  • the first base station broadcasts the first MBMS service to the user equipment.
  • the MCE sends an M2 interface setup response message to the second base station.
  • the MCE sends the MBMS scheduling information that carries the indication information to the first base station, where the indication information is carried in the MBMS scheduling information.
  • S405 The first base station sends an MBMS scheduling information response to the MCE.
  • FIG. 10 is a signaling flowchart of Embodiment 6 of a method for maintaining service continuity according to the present invention.
  • the embodiment relates to a specific process of the first base station receiving the indication information sent by the second base station by using the network element device, where the network element device includes a first MCE, a second MCE, a first MME, and a second MME, where See the network topology diagram shown in Figure 5.
  • the method includes:
  • the second MCE sends an M3 interface setup request message to the second MME, where the M3 interface setup request message carries the indication information.
  • S505 The second MME sends an M3 interface setup response message to the second MCE.
  • S506 The second MME sends the indication information to the first MME.
  • the first MME sends an M3 interface reset message that carries the indication information to the first MCE.
  • S508 The first MCE sends an M3 interface reset confirmation message to the first MME.
  • the first MCE sends MBMS scheduling information to the first base station, where the MBMS scheduling information carries the indication information.
  • the first base station sends an MBMS scheduling information response to the first MCE.
  • the foregoing program may be stored in a computer readable storage medium, and the program is executed when executed.
  • the foregoing steps include the steps of the foregoing method embodiments; and the foregoing storage medium includes: a medium that can store program codes, such as a ROM, a RAM, a magnetic disk, or an optical disk.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 3 of a base station according to the present invention.
  • the base station may be the first base station in the method embodiment, and the base station may include: a transmitter 20, a receiver 21, and a processor 22.
  • the transmitter 20 is configured to broadcast the first multimedia broadcast multicast MBMS service to the user equipment.
  • the receiver 21 is configured to receive the indication information that is sent by the second base station that serves the second MBSFN area, where the indication information is used to indicate that the service currently broadcasted by the second MBSFN area is the first MBMS service;
  • the processor 22 is configured to, when the user equipment leaves the first MBSFN area, switch the user equipment from a base station of a current MBSFN area to the second MBSFN area according to the indication information, so that the user The device receives the first MBMS service on the second MBSFN area.
  • the base station provided by the embodiment of the present invention may perform the foregoing method embodiments, and the implementation principle and technical effects are similar, and details are not described herein again.
  • the processor 22 is further configured to: switch the user equipment to the second MBSFN area according to the indication information, before the user equipment is switched from the current MBSFN area to the second MBSFN area. .
  • the receiver 21 is configured to receive a base station configuration update request message sent by the second base station, where the base station configuration update request message carries the indication information, or is specifically used to receive the second base station.
  • the sent X2 interface modifies the request message, where the X2 interface modification request message carries the indication information, or is specifically used to receive the indication information sent by the second base station by using the network element device.
  • the receiver 21 is configured to receive MBMS scheduling information sent by the second base station by using the MCE, where the MBMS scheduling is performed.
  • the information is sent by the MCE to the base station according to the received M2 interface setup request message sent by the second base station, where the M2 interface setup request message and the MBMS scheduling information both carry the indication information.
  • the receiver 21 is specifically configured to receive the second The MBMS scheduling information sent by the base station by the first MCE, where the MBMS scheduling information is sent by the first MCE to the base station according to the received M3 interface reset message sent by the first MME.
  • the M3 interface reset message is sent by the first MME to the first MCE according to the received indication information sent by the second MME, and the indication information is received by the second MME according to the received
  • the M3 interface setup request message sent by the second MCE is sent to the first MME, and the M3 interface setup request message is sent by the second MCE according to the received M2 interface setup request message sent by the second base station. Sent to the second
  • the indication information is carried in the M2 interface setup request message, the M3 interface setup request message, the M3 interface reset message, and the MBMS scheduling information.
  • the indication information includes service information of a service currently broadcast by the second MBSFN area, and an identifier of the second base station or a second system frequency of the second base station.
  • the processor 22 is specifically configured to leave the user equipment When an MBSFN area is used, the user equipment is switched to the second base station according to the indication information.
  • the processor 22 is specifically configured to leave in the user equipment.
  • the user equipment is switched to the target base station in the second MBSFN area according to the indication information and the configuration information of the first base station.
  • the base station provided by the embodiment of the present invention may perform the foregoing method embodiments, and the implementation principle and technical effects are similar, and details are not described herein again.
  • the fourth embodiment of the present invention provides a base station, where the base station serves the second MBSFN area, and the base station may be the second base station in the foregoing method embodiment, where the base station may include: a transmitter, configured to serve the first MBSFN area.
  • the base station sends the indication information, where the first base station currently broadcasts the first MBMS service to the user equipment, and the indication information is used to indicate that the service currently broadcasted by the second MBSFN area is the first MBMS service.
  • the base station provided by the embodiment of the present invention may perform the foregoing method embodiments, and the implementation principle and technical effects are similar, and details are not described herein again.
  • the transmitter is specifically configured to send a base station configuration update request message to the first base station, where the base station configuration update request message carries the indication information, or is specifically used to send the X2 to the first base station.
  • An interface request message where the X2 interface request message carries the indication information, or is specifically used to send indication information to the first base station by using a network element device.
  • the transmitter is configured to send MBMS scheduling information to the first base station by using the MCE, where the MBMS scheduling information is The MCE sends the M2 interface setup request message sent by the base station to the first base station, where the M2 interface setup request message and the MBMS scheduling information both carry the indication information.
  • MCE multi-cell multicast coordination entity
  • the transmitter is specifically configured to pass the first MCE. Transmitting the MBMS scheduling information to the first base station, where the MBMS scheduling information is sent by the first MCE to the first base station according to the received M3 interface reset message sent by the first MME.
  • the M3 interface reset message is sent by the first MME to the first MCE according to the received indication information sent by the second MME, and the indication information is received by the second MME according to the received
  • the M3 interface setup request message sent by the second MCE is sent to the first MME, and the M3 interface setup request message is sent by the second MCE according to the received M2 interface setup request message sent by the base station.
  • the indication information is carried in the M2 interface setup request message, the M3 interface setup request message, the M3 interface reset message, and the MBMS scheduling information of the second MME.
  • the indication information includes service information of a service currently broadcast by the second MBSFN area, and an identifier of the base station or a second system frequency of the base station.
  • the identifier of the base station is used to enable the first base station to switch the user equipment to the base station when determining that the user equipment leaves the first MBSFN area; the second system frequency of the base station is used by And causing the first base station to switch the user equipment to a target base station in the second MBSFN area when determining that the user equipment leaves the first MBSFN area.
  • the base station provided by the embodiment of the present invention may perform the foregoing method embodiments, and the implementation principle and technical effects are similar, and details are not described herein again.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic structural diagram of a system embodiment for maintaining service continuity according to the present invention.
  • the system includes a user equipment 30, and further includes the first base station 31 described in the above embodiment and the second base station 32 described in the above embodiment.
  • the user equipment, the first base station, and the second base station can establish a communication connection with each other through a wireless air interface.
  • the system for maintaining service continuity provided by the embodiment of the present invention may perform the foregoing method embodiments, and the implementation principles and technical effects thereof are similar, and details are not described herein again.

Abstract

The present invention provides a method for keeping service continuity, a base station and a system. The method comprises: a first base station serving a first multicast-broadcast single-frequency network (MBSFN) area broadcasts a first multimedia broadcast/multicast service (MBMS) to a user equipment; the first base station receives indication information sent by a second base station serving a second MBSFN area, the indication information being used for indicating that a service currently broadcast in the second MBSFN area is the first MBMS; and when the user equipment leaves the first MBSFN area, the first base station hands over the user equipment from the base station in the current MBSFN area to the second MBSFN area according to the indication information, so that the user equipment receives the first MBMS in the second MBSFN area. By means of the method provided in embodiments of the present invention, a UE can continuously receive an MBMS when the UE moves, thereby ensuring service continuity.

Description

保持业务连续的方法、基站和系统Method, base station and system for maintaining business continuity 技术领域Technical field
本发明涉及通信技术,尤其涉及一种保持业务连续的方法、基站和系统。The present invention relates to communication technologies, and in particular, to a method, a base station, and a system for maintaining service continuity.
背景技术Background technique
随着通信技术的不断发展,用户对通信业务的连续性要求越来越高。在多媒体广播多播(Multimedia Broadcast/Multicast Service,以下简称MBMS)业务广播的场景中,为了保证UE在移动过程中仍能接收到MBMS业务,维持MBMS业务的连续性,现有技术采用了如下方案:With the continuous development of communication technologies, users are increasingly demanding continuity of communication services. In the scenario of the Multimedia Broadcast/Multicast Service (MBMS) service broadcast, in order to ensure that the UE can still receive the MBMS service during the mobile process and maintain the continuity of the MBMS service, the prior art adopts the following scheme. :
参见图1,假设基站1服务于MBSFN区域1,该MBSFN区域1的系统频率为f1,其对应的MBMS服务区标识(MBMS Service Area Identity,以下简称SAI)为SAI1,基站2和基站3均为基站1的相邻基站,其分别服务于MBSFN区域2和MBSFN区域3,且MBSFN区域2和MBSFN区域3的系统频率分别为f2和f3,UE当前位于MBSFN区域1内并由基站1提供服务。基站1在系统信息块(System Information Block,以下简称SIB)15中不仅广播MBSFN区域1对应的SAI1和系统频率f1,同时也广播MBSFN区域2和MBSFN区域3对应的SAI及其系统频率,即SIB15中可以包括:SAI列表={SAI1,SAI2,SAI3}、频率列表={f1,f2,f3},以及SAI和频率的对应关系={SAI1--f1;SAI2--f2;SAI3--f3}。Referring to FIG. 1, it is assumed that the base station 1 serves the MBSFN area 1, the system frequency of the MBSFN area 1 is f1, and the corresponding MBMS service area identifier (SAI) is SAI1, and both the base station 2 and the base station 3 are The neighboring base stations of the base station 1 serve the MBSFN area 2 and the MBSFN area 3, respectively, and the system frequencies of the MBSFN area 2 and the MBSFN area 3 are f2 and f3, respectively, and the UE is currently located in the MBSFN area 1 and is served by the base station 1. The base station 1 not only broadcasts the SAI1 and the system frequency f1 corresponding to the MBSFN area 1 but also the SAI corresponding to the MBSFN area 2 and the MBSFN area 3 and its system frequency, that is, the SIB15, in the System Information Block (SIB) 15. It may include: SAI list = {SAI1, SAI2, SAI3}, frequency list = {f1, f2, f3}, and the correspondence between SAI and frequency = {SAI1--f1; SAI2--f2; SAI3--f3} .
当UE未移动时,UE接收基站1广播的SIB15消息,并判断自己保存的用户业务描述(User Service Description,以下简称USD)中UE感兴趣的MBMS业务对应的SAI(假设UE感兴趣的业务对应的SAI为SAI1和SAI2,但是可选的UE会优先选择当前小区对应的SAI,即SAI1,UE如何选择取决于UE的内部实现),是否与SIB15广播的SAI列表中的SAI匹配(USD中可以包括多个SAI)。如果匹配,则UE根据SIB15中SAI和系统频率的对应关系确定SAI1对应的系统频率为f1,并将该f1携带在MBMS兴趣指示消息中发送给基站1。基站1收到UE上报的f1后,确定该f1对应的SAI1,即确定广播UE感兴趣的MBMS业务的基站为MBSFN区域的基站1,则基站 1在f1上广播MBMS业务;如果UE判断保存的USD中的自己感兴趣的业务对应的SAI为SAI3(即当前为UE服务的基站1不广播UE感兴趣的MBMS业务,而是在其他基站广播UE当前感兴趣的MBMS业务),则UE按照上述判断过程将SAI3对应的系统频率f3携带在MBMS兴趣指示消息中发送给基站1,基站1确定该f3对应的是SAI3,而SAI3对应的基站3,则将UE从基站1切换到基站3,从而使得UE在f3上接收基站3下发的MBMS业务。该方法使得在MBMS业务开始前,UE可以选择在哪一个频率上接收,因为不会造成UE的MBMS业务中断。When the UE is not moving, the UE receives the SIB15 message broadcasted by the base station 1 and determines the SAI corresponding to the MBMS service that the UE is interested in in the User Service Description (hereinafter referred to as USD) saved by itself (assuming that the service of the UE is interested in the service) The SAI is SAI1 and SAI2, but the optional UE will preferentially select the SAI corresponding to the current cell, that is, SAI1, how the UE is selected depends on the internal implementation of the UE, and whether it matches the SAI in the SAI list of the SIB15 broadcast (in USD) Includes multiple SAIs). If the match is made, the UE determines that the system frequency corresponding to the SAI1 is f1 according to the correspondence between the SAI and the system frequency in the SIB15, and carries the f1 in the MBMS interest indication message and sends the signal to the base station 1. After receiving the f1 reported by the UE, the base station 1 determines the SAI1 corresponding to the f1, that is, determines that the base station of the MBMS service that the broadcast UE is interested in is the base station 1 of the MBSFN area, and the base station 1 Broadcasting the MBMS service on the f1; if the UE determines that the SAI corresponding to the service of interest in the saved USD is SAI3 (ie, the base station 1 currently serving the UE does not broadcast the MBMS service that the UE is interested in, but broadcasts in other base stations) The UE is currently interested in the MBMS service. The UE transmits the system frequency f3 corresponding to the SAI3 in the MBMS interest indication message to the base station 1 according to the above determining process. The base station 1 determines that the f3 corresponds to the SAI3, and the base station 3 corresponding to the SAI3. Then, the UE is handed over from the base station 1 to the base station 3, so that the UE receives the MBMS service delivered by the base station 3 on the f3. The method enables the UE to select which frequency to receive before the start of the MBMS service, because the MBMS service interruption of the UE is not caused.
图1针对的是不同的MBSFN区域广播不同的MBMS业务的场景,且这些MBSFN对应的SAI也不相同,但是在实际场景中,不同的MBSFN区域也可以广播相同的MBMS业务,且不同的MBSFN区域可以对应相同的SAI,例如上述图1中MBSFN区域1和MBSFN区域2对应的SAI均为SAI1,MBSFN区域1和MBSFN区域2正分别在f1和f2上广播第一MBMS业务;假设UE当前正在f1上接收基站1下发的第一MBMS业务,当UE移动到某一个位置时(假设该位置为基站2和基站3共同覆盖的位置),由于信号衰减或其他原因,UE此时在f1接收不到基站1广播的第一MBMS业务了或者接收到广播第一MBMS业务的基站1的信号强度很弱(而此时第一MBMS业务依旧是UE所需的业务),基站1无法获知自己相邻的哪一个基站正在广播第一MBMS业务,因此无法将UE切换至正确的目标小区上,从而造成UE的第一MBMS业务中断,即在同一MBMS业务正在不同的基站上进行广播时,由于广播该MBMS业务的MBSFN区域发生变化,导致UE无法切换至正确的目标小区上,造成MBMS业务中断。Figure 1 is directed to scenarios in which different MBSFN areas broadcast different MBMS services, and the SAIs corresponding to these MBSFNs are also different, but in actual scenarios, different MBSFN areas can also broadcast the same MBMS service, and different MBSFN areas. The same SAI may be corresponding. For example, the SAI corresponding to the MBSFN area 1 and the MBSFN area 2 in FIG. 1 is SAI1, and the MBSFN area 1 and the MBSFN area 2 are broadcasting the first MBMS service on f1 and f2, respectively; The first MBMS service delivered by the base station 1 is received. When the UE moves to a certain location (assuming that the location is a location jointly covered by the base station 2 and the base station 3), the UE does not receive the information at f1 due to signal attenuation or other reasons. The signal strength of the first MBMS service broadcasted by the base station 1 or the base station 1 receiving the first MBMS service is weak (while the first MBMS service is still the service required by the UE), the base station 1 cannot know its neighbor. Which base station is broadcasting the first MBMS service, and therefore cannot switch the UE to the correct target cell, thereby causing the first MBMS service interruption of the UE, that is, the same MBMS service is being performed on a different base station. When sowing, due to broadcast the MBMS service in the MBSFN area changes, resulting in UE can not switch to the correct target cell, resulting in an MBMS suspension.
发明内容Summary of the invention
本发明实施例提供一种保持业务连续的方法、基站和系统,用以解决现有技术中在同一MBMS业务正在不同的基站上进行广播时,由于广播该MBMS业务的MBSFN区域发生变化,导致UE无法切换至正确的目标小区上,从而造成MBMS业务中断的技术问题。The embodiments of the present invention provide a method, a base station, and a system for maintaining service continuity, which are used to solve the problem that when the MBSFN area of the MBMS service is changed, the UE is broadcasted when the same MBMS service is being broadcasted on a different base station. Unable to switch to the correct target cell, causing technical problems with MBMS service interruption.
第一方面,本发明实施例提供一种基站,包括:In a first aspect, an embodiment of the present invention provides a base station, including:
发送模块,用于向用户设备广播第一多媒体广播多播MBMS业务; a sending module, configured to broadcast, to the user equipment, the first multimedia broadcast multicast MBMS service;
接收模块,用于接收服务第二MBSFN区域的第二基站发送的指示信息,其中,所述指示信息用于指示所述第二MBSFN区域当前广播的业务为所述第一MBMS业务;a receiving module, configured to receive the indication information that is sent by the second base station that serves the second MBSFN area, where the indication information is used to indicate that the service currently broadcasted by the second MBSFN area is the first MBMS service;
处理模块,用于当所述用户设备离开所述第一MBSFN区域时,根据所述指示信息将所述用户设备从当前MBSFN区域的基站切换至所述第二MBSFN区域,以使所述用户设备在所述第二MBSFN区域上接收所述第一MBMS业务。a processing module, configured to: when the user equipment leaves the first MBSFN area, switch the user equipment from a base station of a current MBSFN area to the second MBSFN area according to the indication information, so that the user equipment Receiving the first MBMS service on the second MBSFN area.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的第一种可能的实施方式中,所述处理模块,还用于在将所述用户设备从当前MBSFN区域切换至所述第二MBSFN区域之前,根据所述指示信息选择将所述用户设备切换至所述第二MBSFN区域。With reference to the first aspect, in a first possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the processing module is further configured to: before switching the user equipment from a current MBSFN area to the second MBSFN area, according to the Instructing information selection to switch the user equipment to the second MBSFN area.
结合第一方面或第一方面的第一种可能的实施方式,在第一方面的第二种可能的实施方式中,所述接收模块,具体用于接收所述第二基站发送的基站配置更新请求消息,所述基站配置更新请求消息中携带所述指示信息,或者,具体用于接收所述第二基站发送的X2接口修改请求消息,所述X2接口修改请求消息中携带所述指示信息,或者,具体用于接收所述第二基站通过网元设备发送的指示信息。With reference to the first aspect, or the first possible implementation manner of the first aspect, in a second possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the receiving module is configured to receive a base station configuration update sent by the second base station The request message, the base station configuration update request message carries the indication information, or is specifically configured to receive an X2 interface modification request message sent by the second base station, where the X2 interface modification request message carries the indication information, Or specifically, it is used to receive indication information that is sent by the second base station by using the network element device.
结合第一方面的第二种可能的实施方式,在第一方面的第三种可能的实施方式中,若所述网元设备为多小区多播协调实体MCE,则所述接收模块,具体用于接收所述第二基站通过所述MCE发送的MBMS调度信息;其中,所述MBMS调度信息为所述MCE根据接收到的所述第二基站发送的M2接口建立请求消息发送给所述基站的,所述M2接口建立请求消息和所述MBMS调度信息中均携带所述指示信息。With reference to the second possible implementation manner of the first aspect, in a third possible implementation manner of the first aspect, if the network element device is a multi-cell multicast coordination entity (MCE), the receiving module is specifically used. Receiving the MBMS scheduling information that is sent by the second base station by using the MCE, where the MBMS scheduling information is sent by the MCE to the base station according to the received M2 interface setup request message sent by the second base station. The indication information is carried in both the M2 interface setup request message and the MBMS scheduling information.
结合第一方面的第二种可能的实施方式,在第一方面的第四种可能的实施方式中,若网元设备包括第一多小区多播协调实体MCE、第二MCE、第一移动性管理网元MME和第二MME,则所述接收模块,具体用于接收所述第二基站通过所述第一MCE发送的MBMS调度信息;其中,所述MBMS调度信息为所述第一MCE根据接收到的所述第一MME发送的M3接口重置消息发送给所述基站的,所述M3接口重置消息为所述第一MME根据接收到的所述第二MME发送的所述指示信息发送给所述第一MCE的,所述指示信息为所述第二MME根据接收到的所述第二MCE发送的M3接口建立请求 消息发送给所述第一MME的,所述M3接口建立请求消息为所述第二MCE根据接收到的所述第二基站发送的M2接口建立请求消息发送给所述第二MME的;所述M2接口建立请求消息、所述M3接口建立请求消息、所述M3接口重置消息和所述MBMS调度信息中均携带所述指示信息。With reference to the second possible implementation manner of the first aspect, in a fourth possible implementation manner of the first aspect, if the network element device includes the first multi-cell multicast coordination entity MCE, the second MCE, and the first mobility And the receiving module is configured to receive the MBMS scheduling information that is sent by the second base station by using the first MCE, where the MBMS scheduling information is the first MCE according to the first MCE. The received M3 interface reset message sent by the first MME is sent to the base station, and the M3 interface reset message is sent by the first MME according to the received information sent by the second MME. The indication information that is sent to the first MCE is an M3 interface setup request sent by the second MME according to the received second MCE. Sending the message to the first MME, the M3 interface setup request message is sent by the second MCE to the second MME according to the received M2 interface setup request message sent by the second base station; The indication information is carried in the M2 interface setup request message, the M3 interface setup request message, the M3 interface reset message, and the MBMS scheduling information.
结合第一方面至第一方面的第四种可能的实施方式中的任一项,在第一方面的第五种可能的实施方式中,所述指示信息包括所述第二MBSFN区域当前广播的业务的业务信息,和,所述第二基站的标识或所述第二基站的第二系统频率。In conjunction with the first aspect, the fourth possible implementation manner of the first aspect, in the fifth possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the indication information includes that the second MBSFN area is currently broadcast The service information of the service, and the identity of the second base station or the second system frequency of the second base station.
结合第一方面的第五种可能的实施方式,在第一方面的第六种可能的实施方式中,所述指示信息为所述第二MBSFN区域当前广播的业务的业务信息和所述第二基站的标识时,所述处理模块具体用于在所述用户设备离开所述第一MBSFN区域时,根据所述指示信息将所述用户设备切换至所述第二基站;或者,With reference to the fifth possible implementation manner of the first aspect, in a sixth possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the indication information is service information of the service currently broadcasted by the second MBSFN area, and the second The processing module is configured to: when the user equipment leaves the first MBSFN area, switch the user equipment to the second base station according to the indication information; or
当所述指示信息为所述第二MBSFN区域当前广播的业务的业务信息和所述第二基站的第二系统频率时,所述处理模块具体用于在所述用户设备离开所述第一MBSFN区域时,根据所述指示信息和所述第一基站的配置信息将所述用户设备切换至所述第二MBSFN区域中的目标基站。When the indication information is the service information of the service currently broadcasted by the second MBSFN area and the second system frequency of the second base station, the processing module is specifically configured to leave the first MBSFN at the user equipment. In the case of the area, the user equipment is switched to the target base station in the second MBSFN area according to the indication information and the configuration information of the first base station.
第二方面,本发明实施例提供一种基站,所述基站服务第二组播广播单频网MBSFN区域,所述基站包括:In a second aspect, an embodiment of the present invention provides a base station, where the base station serves an MBSFN area of a second multicast broadcast single frequency network, where the base station includes:
发送模块,用于向服务第一MBSFN区域的第一基站发送指示信息;其中,所述第一基站当前向用户设备广播所述第一多媒体广播多播MBMS业务,所述指示信息用于指示所述第二MBSFN区域当前广播的业务为第一MBMS业务。a sending module, configured to send indication information to a first base station serving the first MBSFN area, where the first base station currently broadcasts the first multimedia broadcast multicast MBMS service to the user equipment, where the indication information is used And indicating that the service currently broadcasted by the second MBSFN area is the first MBMS service.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的第一种可能的实施方式中,所述发送模块,具体用于向所述第一基站发送基站配置更新请求消息,所述基站配置更新请求消息中携带所述指示信息,或者,具体用于向所述第一基站发送X2接口请求消息,所述X2接口请求消息中携带所述指示信息,或者,具体用于通过网元设备向所述第一基站发送指示信息。With reference to the second aspect, in a first possible implementation manner of the second aspect, the sending module is configured to send a base station configuration update request message to the first base station, where the base station configuration update request message carries The indication information is used to send an X2 interface request message to the first base station, where the X2 interface request message carries the indication information, or is specifically used to send to the first base station by using a network element device. Instructions.
结合第二方面的第一种可能的实施方式,在第二方面的第二种可能的实施方式中,若网元设备为多小区多播协调实体MCE,则所述发送模块,具体 用于通过所述MCE向所述第一基站发送MBMS调度信息,其中,所述MBMS调度信息为所述MCE根据接收到的所述基站发送的M2接口建立请求消息发送给所述第一基站的;其中,所述M2接口建立请求消息和所述MBMS调度信息中均携带所述指示信息。With reference to the first possible implementation manner of the second aspect, in a second possible implementation manner of the second aspect, if the network element device is a multi-cell multicast coordination entity MCE, the sending module is specific The MBMS scheduling information is sent to the first base station by using the MCE, where the MBMS scheduling information is sent by the MCE to the first base station according to the received M2 interface setup request message sent by the base station. The indication information is carried in both the M2 interface setup request message and the MBMS scheduling information.
结合第二方面的第一种可能的实施方式,在第二方面的第三种可能的实施方式中,若网元设备包括第一多小区多播协调实体MCE、第二MCE、第一移动性管理网元MME和第二MME,则所述发送模块,具体用于通过所述第一MCE向所述第一基站发送MBMS调度信息;其中,所述MBMS调度信息为所述第一MCE根据接收到的所述第一MME发送的M3接口重置消息发送给所述第一基站的,所述M3接口重置消息为所述第一MME根据接收到的所述第二MME发送的所述指示信息发送给所述第一MCE的,所述指示信息为所述第二MME根据接收到的所述第二MCE发送的M3接口建立请求消息发送给所述第一MME的,所述M3接口建立请求消息为所述第二MCE根据接收到的所述基站发送的M2接口建立请求消息发送给所述第二MME的;所述M2接口建立请求消息、所述M3接口建立请求消息、所述M3接口重置消息和所述MBMS调度信息中均携带所述指示信息。With reference to the first possible implementation manner of the second aspect, in a third possible implementation manner of the second aspect, if the network element device includes the first multi-cell multicast coordination entity MCE, the second MCE, and the first mobility And the sending module is configured to send the MBMS scheduling information to the first base station by using the first MCE, where the MBMS scheduling information is the first MCE according to the receiving The M3 interface reset message sent by the first MME is sent to the first base station, and the M3 interface reset message is the indication sent by the first MME according to the received second MME. The information is sent to the first MCE, and the indication information is sent by the second MME to the first MME according to the received M3 interface setup request message sent by the second MCE, and the M3 interface is established. The request message is sent by the second MCE to the second MME according to the received M2 interface setup request message sent by the base station; the M2 interface setup request message, the M3 interface setup request message, and the M3 Interface reset message and the MBMS schedule The indication information is carried in the information.
结合第二方面至第二方面的第三种可能的实施方式中的任一项,在第二方面的第四种可能的实施方式中,所述指示信息包括所述第二MBSFN区域当前广播的业务的业务信息,和,所述基站的标识或所述基站的第二系统频率。With reference to any one of the second aspect to the third possible implementation manner of the second aspect, in the fourth possible implementation manner of the second aspect, the indication information includes that the second MBSFN area is currently broadcast The service information of the service, and the identity of the base station or the second system frequency of the base station.
结合第二方面的第四种可能的实施方式,在第二方面的第五种可能的实施方式中,所述基站的标识,用于使所述第一基站在确定所述用户设备离开所述第一MBSFN区域时,将所述用户设备切换至所述基站;With reference to the fourth possible implementation of the second aspect, in a fifth possible implementation of the second aspect, the identifier of the base station is used to enable the first base station to determine that the user equipment leaves the Switching the user equipment to the base station when the first MBSFN area is used;
所述基站的第二系统频率,用于使所述第一基站在确定所述用户设备离开所述第一MBSFN区域时,将所述用户设备切换至所述第二MBSFN区域中的目标基站。The second system frequency of the base station is configured to enable the first base station to switch the user equipment to a target base station in the second MBSFN area when determining that the user equipment leaves the first MBSFN area.
第三方面,本发明实施例提供一种保持业务连续的方法,包括:In a third aspect, an embodiment of the present invention provides a method for maintaining service continuity, including:
服务第一组播广播单频网MBSFN区域的第一基站向用户设备广播第一多媒体广播多播MBMS业务;Serving the first multimedia broadcast multicast MBMS service to the user equipment by the first base station serving the first multicast broadcast single frequency network MBSFN area;
第一基站接收服务第二MBSFN区域的第二基站发送的指示信息,其中, 所述指示信息用于指示所述第二MBSFN区域当前广播的业务为所述第一MBMS业务;The first base station receives the indication information sent by the second base station serving the second MBSFN area, where The indication information is used to indicate that the service currently broadcast by the second MBSFN area is the first MBMS service;
当所述用户设备离开所述第一MBSFN区域时,所述第一基站根据所述指示信息将所述用户设备从当前MBSFN区域的基站切换至所述第二MBSFN区域,以使所述用户设备在所述第二MBSFN区域上接收所述第一MBMS业务。When the user equipment leaves the first MBSFN area, the first base station switches the user equipment from a base station of a current MBSFN area to the second MBSFN area according to the indication information, so that the user equipment Receiving the first MBMS service on the second MBSFN area.
结合第三方面,在第三方面的第一种可能的实施方式中,所述第一基站根据所述指示信息将所述用户设备从当前MBSFN区域的基站切换至所述第二MBSFN区域之前还包括,包括:With reference to the third aspect, in a first possible implementation manner of the third aspect, the first base station, before the user equipment is switched from the base station of the current MBSFN area to the second MBSFN area, according to the indication information Including, including:
所述第一基站根据所述指示信息选择将所述用户设备切换至第二MBSFN区域。The first base station selects to switch the user equipment to the second MBSFN area according to the indication information.
结合第三方面或第三方面的第一种可能的实施方式,在第三方面的第二种可能的实施方式中,所述第一基站接收服务第二MBSFN区域的第二基站发送的指示信息,包括:With reference to the third aspect or the first possible implementation manner of the third aspect, in a second possible implementation manner of the third aspect, the first base station receives the indication information sent by the second base station serving the second MBSFN area ,include:
所述第一基站接收所述第二基站发送的基站配置更新请求消息,所述基站配置更新请求消息中携带所述指示信息,或者,Receiving, by the first base station, a base station configuration update request message sent by the second base station, where the base station configuration update request message carries the indication information, or
所述第一基站接收所述第二基站发送的X2接口修改请求消息,所述X2接口修改请求消息中携带所述指示信息,或者,The first base station receives the X2 interface modification request message sent by the second base station, where the X2 interface modification request message carries the indication information, or
所述第一基站接收所述第二基站通过网元设备发送的指示信息。The first base station receives indication information that is sent by the second base station by using the network element device.
结合第三方面的第二种可能的实施方式,在第三方面的第三种可能的实施方式中,若所述网元设备为多小区多播协调实体MCE,则所述第一基站接收服务第二MBSFN区域的第二基站通过网元设备发送的指示信息,包括:With reference to the second possible implementation manner of the third aspect, in a third possible implementation manner of the third aspect, if the network element device is a multi-cell multicast coordination entity (MCE), the first base station receives the service The indication information sent by the second base station of the second MBSFN area by the network element device includes:
所述第一基站接收所述第二基站通过所述MCE发送的MBMS调度信息;其中,所述MBMS调度信息为所述MCE根据接收到的所述第二基站发送的M2接口建立请求消息发送给所述第一基站的,所述M2接口建立请求消息和所述MBMS调度信息中均携带所述指示信息。The first base station receives the MBMS scheduling information that is sent by the second base station by using the MCE, where the MBMS scheduling information is sent by the MCE according to the received M2 interface setup request message sent by the second base station to The indication information is carried in both the M2 interface setup request message and the MBMS scheduling information of the first base station.
结合第三方面的第二种可能的实施方式,在第三方面的第四种可能的实施方式中,若网元设备包括第一多小区多播协调实体MCE、第二MCE、第一移动性管理网元MME和第二MME,则所述第一基站接收服务第二MBSFN区域的第二基站通过网元设备发送的指示信息,包括: With reference to the second possible implementation manner of the third aspect, in a fourth possible implementation manner of the third aspect, if the network element device includes the first multi-cell multicast coordination entity MCE, the second MCE, and the first mobility And the first base station receives the indication information that is sent by the second base station that serves the second MBSFN area by using the network element device, and includes:
所述第一基站接收所述第二基站通过所述第一MCE发送的MBMS调度信息;其中,所述MBMS调度信息为所述第一MCE根据接收到的所述第一MME发送的M3接口重置消息发送给所述第一基站的,所述M3接口重置消息为所述第一MME根据接收到的所述第二MME发送的所述指示信息发送给所述第一MCE的,所述指示信息为所述第二MME根据接收到的所述第二MCE发送的M3接口建立请求消息发送给所述第一MME的,所述M3接口建立请求消息为所述第二MCE根据接收到的所述第二基站发送的M2接口建立请求消息发送给所述第二MME的;所述M2接口建立请求消息、所述M3接口建立请求消息、所述M3接口重置消息和所述MBMS调度信息中均携带所述指示信息。The first base station receives the MBMS scheduling information that is sent by the second base station by using the first MCE, where the MBMS scheduling information is that the first MCE is based on the received M3 interface sent by the first MME. Sending the message to the first base station, the M3 interface reset message is sent by the first MME to the first MCE according to the received indication information sent by the second MME, The indication information is sent by the second MME to the first MME according to the received M3 interface setup request message sent by the second MCE, where the M3 interface setup request message is received by the second MCE according to the received The M2 interface setup request message sent by the second base station is sent to the second MME; the M2 interface setup request message, the M3 interface setup request message, the M3 interface reset message, and the MBMS scheduling information The indication information is carried in both.
结合第三方面至第三方面的第四种可能的实施方式中的任一项,在第三方面的第五种可能的实施方式中,所述指示信息包括所述第二MBSFN区域当前广播的业务的业务信息,和,所述第二基站的标识或所述第二基站的第二系统频率。With reference to any one of the third aspect to the fourth possible implementation manner of the third aspect, in the fifth possible implementation manner of the third aspect, the indication information includes that the second MBSFN area is currently broadcast The service information of the service, and the identity of the second base station or the second system frequency of the second base station.
结合第三方面的第五种可能的实施方式,在第三方面的第六种可能的实施方式中,所述指示信息为所述第二MBSFN区域当前广播的业务的业务信息和所述第二基站的标识时,所述第一基站在所述用户设备离开所述第一MBSFN区域时,根据所述指示信息将所述用户设备切换至所述第二基站;或者,With reference to the fifth possible implementation manner of the third aspect, in a sixth possible implementation manner of the third aspect, the indication information is service information of the service currently broadcasted by the second MBSFN area, and the second When the user equipment leaves the first MBSFN area, the first base station switches the user equipment to the second base station according to the indication information; or
当所述指示信息为所述第二MBSFN区域当前广播的业务的业务信息和所述第二MBSFN区域的第二系统频率时,所述第一基站在所述用户设备离开所述第一MBSFN区域时,根据所述指示信息和所述第一基站的配置信息将所述用户设备切换至所述第二MBSFN区域中的目标基站。When the indication information is the service information of the service currently broadcasted by the second MBSFN area and the second system frequency of the second MBSFN area, the first base station leaves the first MBSFN area at the user equipment And the user equipment is switched to the target base station in the second MBSFN area according to the indication information and the configuration information of the first base station.
第四方面,本发明实施例提供一种保持业务连续性的方法,包括:In a fourth aspect, an embodiment of the present invention provides a method for maintaining service continuity, including:
服务第二组播广播单频网MBSFN区域的第二基站向服务第一MBSFN区域的第一基站发送指示信息;其中,所述第一基站当前向用户设备广播所述第一多媒体广播多播MBMS业务,所述指示信息用于指示所述第二MBSFN区域当前广播的业务为第一MBMS业务。The second base station serving the second multicast broadcast single frequency network MBSFN area sends the indication information to the first base station serving the first MBSFN area; wherein the first base station currently broadcasts the first multimedia broadcast to the user equipment. The MBMS service is broadcasted, and the indication information is used to indicate that the service currently broadcasted by the second MBSFN area is the first MBMS service.
结合第四方面,在第四方面的第一种可能的实施方式中,所述服务第二组播广播单频网MBSFN区域的第二基站向服务第一MBSFN区域的第一基 站发送指示信息,包括:With reference to the fourth aspect, in a first possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the second base station serving the MBSFN area of the second multicast broadcast single frequency network to the first base serving the first MBSFN area The station sends instructions, including:
所述第二基站向所述第一基站发送基站配置更新请求消息,所述基站配置更新请求消息中携带所述指示信息,或者,The second base station sends a base station configuration update request message to the first base station, where the base station configuration update request message carries the indication information, or
所述第二基站向所述第一基站发送X2接口请求消息,所述X2接口请求消息中携带所述指示信息,或者,The second base station sends an X2 interface request message to the first base station, where the X2 interface request message carries the indication information, or
所述第二基站通过网元设备向所述第一基站发送指示信息。The second base station sends the indication information to the first base station by using the network element device.
结合第四方面的第一种可能的实施方式,在第四方面的第二种可能的实施方式中,若网元设备为多小区多播协调实体MCE,则所述第二基站通过网元设备向所述第一基站发送指示信息,包括:With reference to the first possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, in a second possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, if the network element device is a multi-cell multicast coordination entity MCE, the second base station passes the network element device Sending the indication information to the first base station, including:
所述第二基站通过所述MCE向所述第一基站发送MBMS调度信息,其中,所述MBMS调度信息为所述MCE根据接收到的所述第二基站发送的M2接口建立请求消息发送给所述第一基站的;其中,所述M2接口建立请求消息和所述MBMS调度信息中均携带所述指示信息。The second base station sends the MBMS scheduling information to the first base station by using the MCE, where the MBMS scheduling information is sent by the MCE according to the received M2 interface setup request message sent by the second base station. The first base station is configured to be included in the M2 interface setup request message and the MBMS scheduling information.
结合第四方面的第一种可能的实施方式,在第四方面的第三种可能的实施方式中,若网元设备包括第一多小区多播协调实体MCE、第二MCE、第一移动性管理网元MME和第二MME,则所述第二基站通过网元设备向所述第一基站发送指示信息,包括:With reference to the first possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, in a third possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, if the network element device includes the first multi-cell multicast coordination entity MCE, the second MCE, and the first mobility And the second base station sends the indication information to the first base station by using the network element device, where
所述第二基站通过所述第一MCE向所述第一基站发送MBMS调度信息;其中,所述MBMS调度信息为所述第一MCE根据接收到的所述第一MME发送的M3接口重置消息发送给所述第一基站的,所述M3接口重置消息为所述第一MME根据接收到的所述第二MME发送的所述指示信息发送给所述第一MCE的,所述指示信息为所述第二MME根据接收到的所述第二MCE发送的M3接口建立请求消息发送给所述第一MME的,所述M3接口建立请求消息为所述第二MCE根据接收到的所述第二基站发送的M2接口建立请求消息发送给所述第二MME的;所述M2接口建立请求消息、所述M3接口建立请求消息、所述M3接口重置消息和所述MBMS调度信息中均携带所述指示信息。The second base station sends the MBMS scheduling information to the first base station by using the first MCE, where the MBMS scheduling information is that the first MCE resets according to the received M3 interface sent by the first MME. Sending the message to the first base station, the M3 interface reset message is sent by the first MME to the first MCE according to the received indication information sent by the second MME, The information is sent by the second MME to the first MME according to the received M3 interface setup request message sent by the second MCE, where the M3 interface setup request message is the second MCE according to the received The M2 interface setup request message sent by the second base station is sent to the second MME; the M2 interface setup request message, the M3 interface setup request message, the M3 interface reset message, and the MBMS scheduling information. Both carry the indication information.
结合第四方面至第四方面的第三种可能的实施方式中的任一项,在第四方面的第四种可能的实施方式中,所述指示信息包括所述第二MBSFN区域当前广播的业务的业务信息,和,所述第二基站的标识或所述第二基站的第 二系统频率。With reference to any one of the fourth aspect to the third possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, in the fourth possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the indication information includes that the second MBSFN area is currently broadcast Service information of the service, and the identifier of the second base station or the second base station Two system frequencies.
结合第四方面的第四种可能的实施方式,在第四方面的第五种可能的实施方式中,所述第二基站的标识,用于使所述第一基站在确定所述用户设备离开所述第一MBSFN区域时,将所述用户设备切换至所述第二基站;With reference to the fourth possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, in a fifth possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the identifier of the second base station is configured to enable the first base station to determine that the user equipment is leaving Switching the user equipment to the second base station when the first MBSFN area is used;
所述第二基站的第二系统频率,用于使所述第一基站在确定所述用户设备离开所述第一MBSFN区域时,将所述用户设备切换至所述第二MBSFN区域中的目标基站。The second system frequency of the second base station is configured to enable the first base station to switch the user equipment to a target in the second MBSFN area when determining that the user equipment leaves the first MBSFN area Base station.
第五方面,本发明实施例提供一种保持业务连续性的系统,包括用户设备,还包括第一方面至第一方面的第六种可能的实施方式中的任一项所述的基站,以及,第二方面至第二方面的第五种可能的实施方式中的任一项所述的基站。The fifth aspect, the embodiment of the present invention provides a system for maintaining service continuity, including a user equipment, and the base station according to any one of the first aspect to the sixth aspect of the first aspect, and The base station according to any one of the second possible aspect of the second aspect.
本发明实施例提供的保持业务连续的方法、基站和系统,通过第一基站接收第二基站发送的用于指示第二基站当前广播的业务为第一MBMS业务的指示信息,若第一基站确定UE离开第一基站服务的第一MBSFN区时,第一基站根据该指示信息将用户设备从当前MBSFN区域的基站切换至第二基站,以使UE在第二基站上继续接收第一MBMS业务,从而使得UE在移动过程中可以连续接收MBMS业务,保证了业务的连续性。The method, the base station, and the system for maintaining service continuity according to the embodiment of the present invention receive, by the first base station, indication information that is sent by the second base station to indicate that the service currently broadcast by the second base station is the first MBMS service, if the first base station determines When the UE leaves the first MBSFN area served by the first base station, the first base station switches the user equipment from the base station of the current MBSFN area to the second base station according to the indication information, so that the UE continues to receive the first MBMS service on the second base station. Therefore, the UE can continuously receive the MBMS service during the mobile process, thereby ensuring the continuity of the service.
附图说明DRAWINGS
为了更清楚地说明本发明实施例或现有技术中的技术方案,下面将对实施例或现有技术描述中所需要使用的附图作一简单地介绍,显而易见地,下面描述中的附图是本发明的一些实施例,对于本领域普通技术人员来讲,在不付出创造性劳动的前提下,还可以根据这些附图获得其他的附图。In order to more clearly illustrate the embodiments of the present invention or the technical solutions in the prior art, a brief description of the drawings used in the embodiments or the prior art description will be briefly described below. Obviously, the drawings in the following description It is a certain embodiment of the present invention, and other drawings can be obtained from those skilled in the art without any creative work.
图1为本发明提供的现有技术中不同的MBSFN区域广播不同的MBMS业务的场景示意图;FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a scenario in which different MBSFN areas broadcast different MBMS services according to the prior art provided by the present invention;
图2为本发明提供的不同的MBSFN区域广播相同的MBMS业务的场景示意图;2 is a schematic diagram of a scenario in which different MBSFN areas broadcast the same MBMS service according to the present invention;
图3为本发明提供的基站实施例一的结构示意图;3 is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 1 of a base station according to the present invention;
图4为本发明提供的网络拓扑示意图一; 4 is a schematic diagram 1 of a network topology provided by the present invention;
图5为本发明提供的网络拓扑示意图二;FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram 2 of a network topology provided by the present invention; FIG.
图6为本发明提供的保持业务连续的方法实施例一的流程示意图;FIG. 6 is a schematic flowchart diagram of Embodiment 1 of a method for maintaining service continuity according to the present invention;
图7为本发明提供的保持业务连续的方法实施例三的信令流程图;FIG. 7 is a signaling flowchart of Embodiment 3 of a method for maintaining service continuity according to the present invention;
图8为本发明提供的保持业务连续的方法实施例四的信令流程图;FIG. 8 is a signaling flowchart of Embodiment 4 of a method for maintaining service continuity according to the present invention;
图9为本发明提供的保持业务连续的方法实施例五的信令流程图;FIG. 9 is a signaling flowchart of Embodiment 5 of a method for maintaining service continuity according to the present invention;
图10为本发明提供的保持业务连续的方法实施例六的信令流程图;10 is a signaling flowchart of Embodiment 6 of a method for maintaining service continuity according to the present invention;
图11为本发明提供的基站实施例三的结构示意图;11 is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 3 of a base station according to the present invention;
图12为本发明提供的保持业务连续性的系统实施例的结构示意图。FIG. 12 is a schematic structural diagram of a system embodiment for maintaining service continuity according to the present invention.
具体实施方式detailed description
为使本发明实施例的目的、技术方案和优点更加清楚,下面将结合本发明实施例中的附图,对本发明实施例中的技术方案进行清楚、完整地描述,显然,所描述的实施例是本发明一部分实施例,而不是全部的实施例。基于本发明中的实施例,本领域普通技术人员在没有作出创造性劳动前提下所获得的所有其他实施例,都属于本发明保护的范围。The technical solutions in the embodiments of the present invention will be clearly and completely described in conjunction with the drawings in the embodiments of the present invention. It is a partial embodiment of the invention, and not all of the embodiments. All other embodiments obtained by those skilled in the art based on the embodiments of the present invention without creative efforts are within the scope of the present invention.
本申请中涉及的用户设备,即终端,可以是无线终端也可以是有线终端,无线终端可以是指向用户提供语音和/或数据连通性的设备,具有无线连接功能的手持式设备、或连接到无线调制解调器的其他处理设备。无线终端可以经无线接入网(例如,RAN,Radio Access Network)与一个或多个核心网进行通信,无线终端可以是移动终端,如移动电话(或称为“蜂窝”电话)和具有移动终端的计算机,例如,可以是便携式、袖珍式、手持式、计算机内置的或者车载的移动装置,它们与无线接入网交换语言和/或数据。例如,个人通信业务(PCS,Personal Communication Service)电话、无绳电话、会话发起协议(SIP)话机、无线本地环路(WLL,Wireless Local Loop)站、个人数字助理(PDA,Personal Digital Assistant)等设备。无线终端也可以称为系统、订户单元(Subscriber Unit)、订户站(Subscriber Station),移动站(Mobile Station)、移动台(Mobile)、远程站(Remote Station)、接入点(Access Point)、远程终端(Remote Terminal)、接入终端(Access Terminal)、用户终端(User Terminal)、用户代理(User Agent)、用户设备(User Device)、或用户装备(User Equipment)。 The user equipment, that is, the terminal involved in the present application, may be a wireless terminal or a wired terminal, and the wireless terminal may be a device that provides voice and/or data connectivity to the user, a handheld device with wireless connection function, or is connected to Other processing devices for wireless modems. The wireless terminal can communicate with one or more core networks via a radio access network (eg, RAN, Radio Access Network), which can be a mobile terminal, such as a mobile phone (or "cellular" phone) and with a mobile terminal The computers, for example, can be portable, pocket-sized, handheld, computer-integrated or in-vehicle mobile devices that exchange language and/or data with the wireless access network. For example, personal communication service (PCS, Personal Communication Service) telephone, cordless telephone, Session Initiation Protocol (SIP) telephone, Wireless Local Loop (WLL) station, Personal Digital Assistant (PDA, Personal Digital Assistant), etc. . A wireless terminal may also be called a system, a subscriber unit, a subscriber station, a mobile station, a mobile station, a remote station, an access point, or an access point. Remote Terminal, Access Terminal, User Terminal, User Agent, User Device, or User Equipment.
本申请中涉及的基站(例如,接入点)可以是指接入网中在空中接口上通过一个或多个扇区与无线终端通信的设备。基站可用于将收到的空中帧与IP分组进行相互转换,作为无线终端与接入网的其余部分之间的路由器,其中接入网的其余部分可包括网际协议(IP)网络。基站还可协调对空中接口的属性管理。例如,基站可以是GSM或CDMA中的基站(BTS,Base Transceiver Station),也可以是WCDMA中的基站(NodeB),还可以是LTE中的演进型基站(NodeB或eNB或e-NodeB,evolutional Node B),本申请并不限定。A base station (e.g., an access point) referred to in this application may refer to a device in an access network that communicates with a wireless terminal over one or more sectors over an air interface. The base station can be used to convert the received air frame to the IP packet as a router between the wireless terminal and the rest of the access network, wherein the remainder of the access network can include an Internet Protocol (IP) network. The base station can also coordinate attribute management of the air interface. For example, the base station may be a base station (BTS, Base Transceiver Station) in GSM or CDMA, or may be a base station (NodeB) in WCDMA, or may be an evolved base station in LTE (NodeB or eNB or e-NodeB, evolutional Node B), this application is not limited.
本发明实施例可以适用于用户设备在组播广播单频网(Multicast Broadcast Single Frequency Network,以下简称MBSFN)区域间移动的过程中,接收MBSFN区域的基站广播的业务的场景。可选的,这里的业务可以是MBMS业务,该MBMS业务可以是数据业务,可以是语音业务,还可以是其他的多媒体业务。需要说明的是,一个MBSFN区域下可以包括多个小区,且一个MBSFN区域可以由多个基站进行服务,但是一个MBSFN区域里的所有基站广播MBMS业务时所采用的系统频率是相同的,不同的MBSFN区域内的基站广播MBMS业务时所采用频率是不同的;并且,不同的MBSFN区域可以广播相同的MBMS业务,且这些不同的MBSFN区域可以对应相同的SAI。本发明实施例涉及的场景可以是不同的MBSFN区域广播相同的MBMS业务,且这些不同的MBSFN区域对应相同的SAI的场景,参见图2。The embodiment of the present invention can be applied to a scenario in which a user equipment receives a service broadcast by a base station in an MBSFN area in a process of moving between multicast broadcast single frequency networks (MBSFN). Optionally, the service here may be an MBMS service, where the MBMS service may be a data service, or may be a voice service, or may be another multimedia service. It should be noted that one MBSFN area may include multiple cells, and one MBSFN area may be served by multiple base stations, but the system frequencies used by all base stations in one MBSFN area to broadcast MBMS services are the same, different. The frequencies used by the base stations in the MBSFN area to broadcast MBMS services are different; and different MBSFN areas can broadcast the same MBMS service, and these different MBSFN areas can correspond to the same SAI. The scenario involved in the embodiment of the present invention may be that the different MBSFN areas broadcast the same MBMS service, and the different MBSFN areas correspond to the same SAI scenario, as shown in FIG. 2 .
图3为本发明提供的基站实施例一的结构示意图。如图3所示,该基站服务第一MBSNN区域,该基站可以为下述方法实施例中的第一基站,该基站包括:发送模块10、接收模块11和处理模块12。FIG. 3 is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 1 of a base station according to the present invention. As shown in FIG. 3, the base station serves the first MBSNN area, and the base station may be the first base station in the following method embodiments, where the base station includes: a sending module 10, a receiving module 11, and a processing module 12.
其中,发送模块10,用于向用户设备广播第一MBMS业务;接收模块11,用于接收服务第二MBSFN区域的第二基站发送的指示信息,其中,所述指示信息用于指示所述第二MBSFN区域当前广播的业务为所述第一MBMS业务;处理模块12,用于当所述用户设备离开所述第一MBSFN区域时,根据所述指示信息将所述用户设备从当前MBSFN区域的基站切换至所述第二MBSFN区域,以使所述用户设备在所述第二MBSFN区域上接收所述第一MBMS业务。 The sending module 10 is configured to broadcast the first MBMS service to the user equipment, and the receiving module 11 is configured to receive the indication information sent by the second base station serving the second MBSFN area, where the indication information is used to indicate the The service currently broadcasted by the two MBSFN areas is the first MBMS service, and the processing module 12 is configured to, when the user equipment leaves the first MBSFN area, use the user equipment from the current MBSFN area according to the indication information. The base station switches to the second MBSFN area, so that the user equipment receives the first MBMS service on the second MBSFN area.
具体的,发送模块10当前正在向用户设备广播第一MBMS业务,当第二MBSFN区域开始广播第一MBMS业务时,第二MBSFN区域通过第二基站向第一基站发送指示信息,即通过该指示信息向第一基站指示第二MBSFN区域当前广播的业务是第一MBMS业务。需要说明的是,第二MBSFN区域内的基站广播第一MBMS业务,可以是第二MBSFN区域内的第二基站广播第一MBMS业务,也可以是第二MBSFN区域内除第二基站外的其他基站广播第一MBMS业务;也就是说只要第二MBSFN区域上有MBMS业务开始广播,第二MBSFN区域都会通过第二基站向第一基站发送指示信息,以向第一基站指示第二MBSFN区域当前广播的MBMS业务类型。另外,该第二基站是第一基站的邻区基站,第二基站可以为一个,也可以为多个,因此,上述指示信息可以为一个,也可以为多个,也就是说,第一基站可能有多个不同的邻区基站。Specifically, the sending module 10 is currently broadcasting the first MBMS service to the user equipment. When the second MBSFN area starts to broadcast the first MBMS service, the second MBSFN area sends the indication information to the first base station by using the second base station, that is, the indication is passed. The information indicates to the first base station that the service currently broadcast by the second MBSFN area is the first MBMS service. It should be noted that the base station in the second MBSFN area broadcasts the first MBMS service, and the second base station in the second MBSFN area may broadcast the first MBMS service, or may be other than the second base station in the second MBSFN area. The base station broadcasts the first MBMS service; that is, as long as the MBMS service starts broadcasting in the second MBSFN area, the second MBSFN area sends the indication information to the first base station by using the second base station to indicate to the first base station that the second MBSFN area is currently The type of MBMS service broadcast. In addition, the second base station is a neighboring base station of the first base station, and the second base station may be one or more. Therefore, the indication information may be one or multiple, that is, the first base station. There may be multiple different neighbor base stations.
上述第一基站的接收模块11在接收到第二基站发送的指示信息后,处理模块12根据该指示信息确定第二MBSFN区域当前广播的是第一MBMS业务,则处理模块12将该指示信息进行记录或暂存。当第一MBSFN区域内的UE离开第一MBSFN区域时(这里的离开第一MBSFN区域可以为UE移动到除第一MBSFN区域之外的任何MBSFN区域,还可以为UE移动至第一MBSFN区域的边缘区域),此时UE无法接收到发送模块10广播的第一MBMS业务或接收到广播第一MBMS业务的信号强度很弱,处理模块12会根据该指示信息将UE切换至当前正在广播第一MBMS业务的第二MBSFN区域上,以保证UE接收第一MBMS业务连续。需要说明的是,这里将UE切换至第二MBSFN区域,实际上为将用户设备切换至第二MBSFN区域中的基站上。可选的,当第二基站当前正在广播第一MBMS业务时,处理模块12可以根据指示信息将UE切换至第二基站上;可选的,当第二MBSFN区域内还有其他基站当前正在广播第一MBMS业务,则处理模块12可以根据第二基站发送的指示信息将UE切换至第二MBSFN区域内正在广播第一MBMS业务的其他基站上。After the receiving module 11 of the first base station receives the indication information sent by the second base station, the processing module 12 determines, according to the indication information, that the second MBSFN area is currently broadcasting the first MBMS service, and the processing module 12 performs the indication information. Record or stage. When the UE in the first MBSFN area leaves the first MBSFN area (where the leaving the first MBSFN area may move the UE to any MBSFN area except the first MBSFN area, the UE may also move to the first MBSFN area. In the edge area, the UE is unable to receive the first MBMS service broadcasted by the sending module 10 or the signal strength of the first MBMS service is very weak, and the processing module 12 switches the UE to the first broadcast according to the indication information. The second MBSFN area of the MBMS service is used to ensure that the UE receives the first MBMS service continuously. It should be noted that, here, the UE is switched to the second MBSFN area, and actually the user equipment is switched to the base station in the second MBSFN area. Optionally, when the second base station is currently broadcasting the first MBMS service, the processing module 12 may switch the UE to the second base station according to the indication information. Optionally, when other base stations in the second MBSFN area are currently broadcasting, For the first MBMS service, the processing module 12 may switch the UE to other base stations in the second MBSFN area that are broadcasting the first MBMS service according to the indication information sent by the second base station.
参见图2,UE当前处于第一MBSFN区域,且UE正在接收发送模块10在第一系统频率上广播的第一MBMS业务。当UE从第一MBSFN区域向其他MBSFN区域移动时,假设UE移动到图2所示的第一MBSFN区域的边缘, 即将进入第三MBSFN区域,此时UE在第一系统频率上接收不到发送模块10广播的第一MBMS业务或者接收到广播第一MBMS业务的信号强度很弱(而此时第一MBMS业务依旧是UE所感兴趣的业务),则UE向第一基站上报自己当前的通信质量,例如,可以是通过测量报告反馈,还可以是通过其他的信息向第一基站上报。第一基站的处理模块12在获知UE当前的通信质量较差的情况后,根据之前第二基站发送的指示信息获知当前第二MBSFN区域正在广播的业务为第一MBMS业务。因此,为了确保UE接收第一MBMS业务的连续,处理模块12将UE从当前的第三MBSFN区域的基站切换至第二MBSFN区域。可选的,处理模块12可以通过相应的握手协议或者信令告知UE当前应该与第二MBSFN区域内广播第一MBMS业务的基站建立通信,从而就将UE切换至第二MBSFN区域上,进而使得UE可以在第二MBSFN区域上继续接收第一MBMS业务,确保了UE接收第一MBMS业务的连续性。需要说明的是,若处理模块12最终确定UE可以切换到第二MBSFN区域内的多个基站上,则处理模块12可以任选一个基站,将UE从当前的第三MBSFN区域的基站切换至该基站。Referring to FIG. 2, the UE is currently in the first MBSFN area, and the UE is receiving the first MBMS service broadcasted by the sending module 10 on the first system frequency. When the UE moves from the first MBSFN area to other MBSFN areas, it is assumed that the UE moves to the edge of the first MBSFN area shown in FIG. 2, The third MBSFN area is about to enter. At this time, the UE does not receive the first MBMS service broadcast by the sending module 10 on the first system frequency or the signal strength of receiving the first MBMS service is weak (while the first MBMS service remains at this time). If the UE is interested in the service, the UE reports the current communication quality to the first base station, for example, by reporting the report feedback, or by reporting the information to the first base station by using other information. After the processing module 12 of the first base station learns that the current communication quality of the UE is poor, the service that is currently being broadcast in the second MBSFN area is the first MBMS service according to the indication information sent by the second base station. Therefore, in order to ensure that the UE receives the continuity of the first MBMS service, the processing module 12 switches the UE from the base station of the current third MBSFN area to the second MBSFN area. Optionally, the processing module 12 may notify, by using a corresponding handshake protocol or signaling, that the UE should currently establish communication with the base station that broadcasts the first MBMS service in the second MBSFN area, thereby switching the UE to the second MBSFN area, thereby enabling The UE may continue to receive the first MBMS service on the second MBSFN area, ensuring that the UE receives the continuity of the first MBMS service. It should be noted that, if the processing module 12 finally determines that the UE can be handed over to multiple base stations in the second MBSFN area, the processing module 12 may select one base station to switch the UE from the current base station of the third MBSFN area to the base station. Base station.
现有技术中,当UE从第一MBSFN区域移动至其他的MBSFN区域的过程中,且UE依然对第一基站广播的第一MBMS业务感兴趣,但是由于UE的移动,导致UE不能在第一MBSFN区域的广播频率上接收到所述第一MBMS业务或接收到广播第一MBMS业务的第一基站的信号强度很弱,但是由于现有技术中第一基站无法获知除自身之外的其他基站中当前哪一个基站正在广播第一MBMS业务,因此无法将UE切换至正确的目标基站上,从而导致UE接收第一MBMS业务中断;但是,在本发明中,由于第二基站会将第二MBSFN区域当前广播的业务通过指示信息告知第一基站,因此,当UE在移动过程中无法接收到第一MBMS业务或接收到广播第一MBMS业务的第一基站的信号强度很弱时,处理模块12可以根据该指示信息将UE从当前所处的MBSFN区域的基站切换至第二MBSFN区域上,在第二MBSFN区域上继续接收第一MBMS业务,从而使得UE可以不中断地接收第一MBMS业务,确保了UE接收第一MBMS业务的连续性。In the prior art, when the UE moves from the first MBSFN area to another MBSFN area, and the UE is still interested in the first MBMS service broadcast by the first base station, but the UE cannot be in the first place due to the movement of the UE. The signal strength of the first base station that receives the first MBMS service or receives the first MBMS service broadcast is weak on the broadcast frequency of the MBSFN area, but the first base station in the prior art cannot know other base stations except itself. Which of the current base stations is currently broadcasting the first MBMS service, and therefore cannot handover the UE to the correct target base station, thereby causing the UE to receive the first MBMS service interruption; however, in the present invention, since the second base station will be the second MBSFN The service currently broadcasted by the area is notified to the first base station by the indication information. Therefore, when the UE cannot receive the first MBMS service during the mobile process or the signal strength of the first base station that receives the first MBMS service is weak, the processing module 12 The UE may be switched from the base station of the currently located MBSFN area to the second MBSFN area according to the indication information, and continue to receive the first MBMS service on the second MBSFN area. So that the UE can receive the first MBMS service without interruption, ensuring that the UE receives the continuity of the first MBMS service.
本发明实施例提供的基站,通过发送模块向用户设备广播第一MBMS业务,并通过接收模块接收服务第二MBSFN区域的第二基站发送的指示信息, 使得当处理模块确定用户设备离开第一MBSFN区域时,可以根据指示信息将用户设备从当前MBSFN区域的基站切换至第二MBSFN区域,以使用户设备在第二MBSFN区域上接收所述第一MBMS业务,从而使得UE在移动过程中可以连续接收MBMS业务,保证了业务的连续性。The base station provided by the embodiment of the present invention broadcasts the first MBMS service to the user equipment by using the sending module, and receives the indication information sent by the second base station serving the second MBSFN area by the receiving module, When the processing module determines that the user equipment leaves the first MBSFN area, the user equipment may be switched from the base station of the current MBSFN area to the second MBSFN area according to the indication information, so that the user equipment receives the first MBMS on the second MBSFN area. The service enables the UE to continuously receive the MBMS service during the mobile process, thereby ensuring the continuity of the service.
在上述实施例的基础上,进一步地,上述处理模块12,还用于在将用户设备从当前MBSFN区域切换至第二MBSFN区域之前,根据上述指示信息选择将UE切换至第二MBSFN区域。也就是说,假设UE离开第一MBSFN区域时,处理模块12根据该指示信息告知UE应该选择第二MBSFN区域,与第二MBSFN区域内的基站建立通信,从而在第二MBSFN区域内继续接收第一MBMS业务。On the basis of the foregoing embodiment, the processing module 12 is further configured to: before the user equipment is switched from the current MBSFN area to the second MBSFN area, select to switch the UE to the second MBSFN area according to the indication information. That is, when the UE leaves the first MBSFN area, the processing module 12 informs the UE that the second MBSFN area should be selected according to the indication information, and establishes communication with the base station in the second MBSFN area, thereby continuing to receive the second MBSFN area. An MBMS service.
更进一步地,上述指示信息可以包括第二MBSFN区域当前广播的业务的业务信息,和第二基站的标识或第二基站的第二系统频率。Further, the indication information may include service information of a service currently broadcast by the second MBSFN area, and an identifier of the second base station or a second system frequency of the second base station.
可选的,当上述指示信息为第二MBSFN区域当前广播的业务的业务信息和所述第二基站的标识时,处理模块12在确定UE离开第一MBSFN区域时,根据该指示信息将UE切换至第二基站,也就是说第二MBSFN区域内的第二基站当前正在广播第一MBMS业务。需要说明的是,即使第二MBSFN区域内的其他基站当前也正在广播第一MBMS业务,处理模块12仍然根据第二基站的标识将UE切换至第二基站。该第二基站的标识可以为第二基站对应的SAI,还可以是第二基站的其他标识,只要第一基站能够根据该标识识别出第二基站即可。Optionally, when the foregoing indication information is the service information of the service currently broadcasted by the second MBSFN area and the identifier of the second base station, the processing module 12, when determining that the UE leaves the first MBSFN area, switches the UE according to the indication information. To the second base station, that is to say the second base station in the second MBSFN area is currently broadcasting the first MBMS service. It should be noted that, even if other base stations in the second MBSFN area are currently broadcasting the first MBMS service, the processing module 12 still switches the UE to the second base station according to the identifier of the second base station. The identifier of the second base station may be the SAI corresponding to the second base station, and may be other identifiers of the second base station, as long as the first base station can identify the second base station according to the identifier.
可选的,当上述指示信息为第二MBSFN区域当前广播的业务的业务信息和第二基站的第二系统频率时,处理模块12在确定UE离开第一MBSFN区域时,根据该指示信息和第一基站的配置信息(例如第一基站的第一系统频率)在第二MBSFN区域内选择合适的目标基站(该目标基站当前正在广播第一MBMS业务)将UE切换至第二MBSFN区域中的目标基站。需要说明的是,即使当前第二基站上也正在广播第一MBSFN业务,处理模块12仍然会选择合适的目标基站进行切换。当然,如果处理模块12确定的目标基站是第二基站,则处理模块12就将UE切换至第二基站上。Optionally, when the foregoing indication information is the service information of the service currently broadcasted by the second MBSFN area and the second system frequency of the second base station, the processing module 12 determines, according to the indication information, that the UE leaves the first MBSFN area. The configuration information of a base station (for example, the first system frequency of the first base station) selects a suitable target base station in the second MBSFN area (the target base station is currently broadcasting the first MBMS service), and switches the UE to the target in the second MBSFN area. Base station. It should be noted that even if the first MBSFN service is being broadcasted on the current second base station, the processing module 12 still selects a suitable target base station to perform handover. Of course, if the target base station determined by the processing module 12 is the second base station, the processing module 12 switches the UE to the second base station.
需要说明的是,上述指示信息中所包括的第二MBSFN区域当前广播的业务的业务信息可以为该业务的临时移动群组标识(Temporary Mobile Group Identity,以下简称TMGI),还可以为该业务的属性信息,还可以为该业务的其他标识,只要处理模块12能够根据该业务信息识别出该业务的业务类型即可。It should be noted that the service information of the service currently broadcasted by the second MBSFN area included in the foregoing indication information may be a temporary mobile group identifier of the service (Temporary Mobile Group) Identity, hereinafter referred to as TMGI, may also be attribute information of the service, and may be other identifiers of the service, as long as the processing module 12 can identify the service type of the service according to the service information.
在上述实施例的基础上,作为本发明实施例的一种可能的实施方式,本实施例涉及的是处理模块12从第二基站发送的基站配置更新请求消息中获得上述指示信息的过程。进一步地,上述接收模块11,具体用于接收所述第二基站发送的基站配置更新请求消息,所述基站配置更新请求消息中携带所述指示信息。On the basis of the foregoing embodiment, as a possible implementation manner of the embodiment of the present invention, the embodiment relates to a process in which the processing module 12 obtains the indication information from a base station configuration update request message sent by the second base station. Further, the receiving module 11 is configured to receive a base station configuration update request message sent by the second base station, where the base station configuration update request message carries the indication information.
具体的,第二基站通过X2接口与基站进行互通,即第二基站通过X2接口将基站配置更新请求消息(eNB configuration update request)发送给第一基站,该基站配置更新请求消息中携带上述指示信息。Specifically, the second base station communicates with the base station by using the X2 interface, that is, the second base station sends an eNB configuration update request message to the first base station by using the X2 interface, where the base station configuration update request message carries the indication information. .
接收模块11在接收到第二基站发送的基站配置更新请求消息后,通过发送模块10向第二基站发送基站配置更新响应消息(eNB configuration update)。当UE从第一MBSFN区域移动至其他的MBSFN区域的过程中,若处理模块12确定当前UE不能在第一MBSFN区域的广播频率上接收到所述第一MBMS业务或者接收到广播第一MBMS业务的第一基站的信号强度很弱时,且处理模块12根据上述指示信息获知第二MBSFN区域当前广播的业务为第一MBMS业务,处理模块12就可以根据上述指示信息将UE从UE当前所处的MBSFN区域的基站切换至第二MBSFN区域中的基站上,以使UE在所述第二MBSFN区域上继续接收第一MBMS业务,从而使得UE在移动过程中可以连续接收第一MBMS业务。After receiving the base station configuration update request message sent by the second base station, the receiving module 11 sends a base station configuration update response message (eNB configuration update) to the second base station by using the sending module 10. When the UE moves from the first MBSFN area to the other MBSFN area, the processing module 12 determines that the current UE cannot receive the first MBMS service on the broadcast frequency of the first MBSFN area or receives the broadcast first MBMS service. When the signal strength of the first base station is weak, the processing module 12 learns that the service currently broadcasted by the second MBSFN area is the first MBMS service according to the foregoing indication information, and the processing module 12 can locate the UE from the current location of the UE according to the indication information. The base station of the MBSFN area is handed over to the base station in the second MBSFN area, so that the UE continues to receive the first MBMS service on the second MBSFN area, so that the UE can continuously receive the first MBMS service during the mobile process.
在上述实施例的基础上,作为本发明实施例的另一种可能的实施方式,本实施例涉及的是处理模块12从第二基站发送的X2接口修改请求消息中获得上述指示信息的过程。进一步地,上述接收模块11,具体用于接收所述第二基站发送的X2接口修改请求消息。On the basis of the foregoing embodiment, as another possible implementation manner of the embodiment of the present invention, the embodiment relates to a process in which the processing module 12 obtains the indication information from the X2 interface modification request message sent by the second base station. Further, the receiving module 11 is specifically configured to receive an X2 interface modification request message sent by the second base station.
具体的,第二基站通过X2接口与第一基站进行互通,即第二基站通过X2接口将X2接口修改请求消息(X2modify request)发送给第一基站,该X2接口修改请求消息中携带上述指示信息。 Specifically, the second base station communicates with the first base station by using the X2 interface, that is, the second base station sends an X2 interface modification request message (X2modify request) to the first base station by using the X2 interface, where the X2 interface modification request message carries the indication information. .
接收模块11在接收到第二基站发送的X2接口修改请求消息后,通过发送模块10向第二基站发送X2修改响应消息(X2modify response)。当UE从第一MBSFN区域移动至其他的MBSFN区域的过程中,若处理模块12确定当前UE不能在第一MBSFN区域的广播频率上接收到所述第一MBMS业务或者接收到广播第一MBMS业务的第一基站的信号强度很弱时,且处理模块12根据上述指示信息获知第二MBSFN区域当前广播的业务为第一MBMS业务,处理模块12就可以根据上述指示信息将UE从UE当前所处的MBSFN区域的基站切换至第二MBSFN区域上,以使UE在所述第二MBSFN区域上继续接收第一MBMS业务,从而使得UE在移动过程中可以连续接收第一MBMS业务。After receiving the X2 interface modification request message sent by the second base station, the receiving module 11 sends an X2 modification response message (X2modify response) to the second base station by using the sending module 10. When the UE moves from the first MBSFN area to the other MBSFN area, the processing module 12 determines that the current UE cannot receive the first MBMS service on the broadcast frequency of the first MBSFN area or receives the broadcast first MBMS service. When the signal strength of the first base station is weak, the processing module 12 learns that the service currently broadcasted by the second MBSFN area is the first MBMS service according to the foregoing indication information, and the processing module 12 can locate the UE from the current location of the UE according to the indication information. The base station of the MBSFN area is handed over to the second MBSFN area, so that the UE continues to receive the first MBMS service on the second MBSFN area, so that the UE can continuously receive the first MBMS service during the mobile process.
在上述实施例的基础上,作为本发明实施例的第三种可能的实施方式,本实施例涉及的是接收模块11接收第二基站通过网元设备发送的指示信息的具体过程,该网元设备为MCE,可以参见图4所示的网络拓扑示意图,图4中,第一基站和第二基站由共同的MCE进行调度管理。进一步地,上述接收模块11,具体用于接收所述第二基站通过所述MCE发送的MBMS调度信息;其中,所述MBMS调度信息为所述MCE根据接收到的所述第二基站发送的M2接口建立请求消息发送给所述基站的,所述M2接口建立请求消息和所述MBMS调度信息中均携带所述指示信息。On the basis of the foregoing embodiment, as a third possible implementation manner of the embodiment of the present invention, the embodiment relates to a specific process of the receiving module 11 receiving the indication information sent by the second base station by using the network element device, where the network element For the MCE, refer to the network topology diagram shown in Figure 4. In Figure 4, the first base station and the second base station are scheduled and managed by a common MCE. Further, the receiving module 11 is configured to receive MBMS scheduling information that is sent by the second base station by using the MCE, where the MBMS scheduling information is that the MCE sends the M2 according to the received second base station. The interface setup request message is sent to the base station, and the indication information is carried in both the M2 interface setup request message and the MBMS scheduling information.
具体的,当第一基站和第二基站由同一个MCE进行调度管理时,第一基站和第二基站可以通过MCE进行互通,即可以通过基站与MCE之间的M2接口进行互通。Specifically, when the first base station and the second base station are scheduled and managed by the same MCE, the first base station and the second base station can communicate with each other through the MCE, that is, the M2 interface between the base station and the MCE can communicate with each other.
第二基站通过M2接口将M2接口建立请求消息(M2setup request)发送给MCE,该M2接口建立请求消息中携带上述指示信息。MCE在接收到第二基站发送的M2接口建立请求消息后,向第二基站发送M2接口建立响应消息(M2setup response),并将M2接口建立请求消息中的指示信息携带在MBMS调度信息(MBMS scheduling information)发送给第一基站。接收模块11在接收到该MBMS调度信息后,通过处理模块12读取该MBMS调度信息中的指示信息,以获知第二MBSFN区域当前正在广播的业务类型,并通过发送模块10向MCE发送MBMS调度信息响应(MBMS scheduling  information response)。The second base station sends an M2 interface setup request message (M2setup request) to the MCE through the M2 interface, where the M2 interface setup request message carries the indication information. After receiving the M2 interface setup request message sent by the second base station, the MCE sends an M2 interface setup response message (M2setup response) to the second base station, and carries the indication information in the M2 interface setup request message in the MBMS scheduling information (MBMS scheduling). Information) is sent to the first base station. After receiving the MBMS scheduling information, the receiving module 11 reads the indication information in the MBMS scheduling information by the processing module 12 to learn the service type currently being broadcast in the second MBSFN area, and sends the MBMS scheduling to the MCE through the sending module 10. Information response (MBMS scheduling Information response).
当UE从第一MBSFN区域移动至其他的MBSFN区域的过程中,若处理模块12确定当前UE不能在第一MBSFN区域的广播频率上接收到所述第一MBMS业务或者接收到广播第一MBMS业务的第一基站的信号强度很弱时,且处理模块12根据上述指示信息获知第二MBSFN区域当前广播的业务为第一MBMS业务,处理模块12就可以根据上述指示信息将UE从UE当前所处的MBSFN区域的基站切换至第二MBSFN区域中的基站上,以使UE在所述第二MBSFN区域上继续接收第一MBMS业务,从而使得UE在移动过程中可以连续接收第一MBMS业务。When the UE moves from the first MBSFN area to the other MBSFN area, the processing module 12 determines that the current UE cannot receive the first MBMS service on the broadcast frequency of the first MBSFN area or receives the broadcast first MBMS service. When the signal strength of the first base station is weak, the processing module 12 learns that the service currently broadcasted by the second MBSFN area is the first MBMS service according to the foregoing indication information, and the processing module 12 can locate the UE from the current location of the UE according to the indication information. The base station of the MBSFN area is handed over to the base station in the second MBSFN area, so that the UE continues to receive the first MBMS service on the second MBSFN area, so that the UE can continuously receive the first MBMS service during the mobile process.
在上述实施例的基础上,作为本发明实施例的第四种可能的实施方式,本实施例涉及的是接收模块11接收第二基站通过网元设备发送的指示信息的另一具体过程,该网元设备包括第一MCE、第二MCE、第一MME和第二MME,可以参见图5所示的网络拓扑示意图,图5中,第一MCE调度管理第一基站,第二MCE调度管理第二基站,且第一MME管理第一MCE,第二MME管理第二MCE。可选的,图5中的第一MME和第二MME也可以为同一个MME,即本实施例也适用于第一MCE和第二MCE由同一个MME管理的场景。下述技术方案以第一MME管理第一MCE,第二MME管理第二MCE的场景为例来进行说明。On the basis of the foregoing embodiment, as a fourth possible implementation manner of the embodiment of the present invention, the embodiment relates to another specific process of the receiving module 11 receiving the indication information sent by the second base station by using the network element device, where The network element device includes a first MCE, a second MCE, a first MME, and a second MME. Referring to the network topology diagram shown in FIG. 5, in FIG. 5, the first MCE scheduling management first base station, and the second MCE scheduling management Two base stations, and the first MME manages the first MCE, and the second MME manages the second MCE. Optionally, the first MME and the second MME in FIG. 5 may also be the same MME, that is, the embodiment is also applicable to a scenario in which the first MCE and the second MCE are managed by the same MME. The following technical solution is described by taking a scenario in which the first MME manages the first MCE and the second MME manages the second MCE.
进一步地,上述接收模块11,具体用于接收所述第二基站通过所述第一MCE发送的MBMS调度信息;其中,所述MBMS调度信息为所述第一MCE根据接收到的所述第一MME发送的M3接口重置消息发送给所述基站的,所述M3接口重置消息为所述第一MME根据接收到的所述第二MME发送的所述指示信息发送给所述第一MCE的,所述指示信息为所述第二MME根据接收到的所述第二MCE发送的M3接口建立请求消息发送给所述第一MME的,所述M3接口建立请求消息为所述第二MCE根据接收到的所述第二基站发送的M2接口建立请求消息发送给所述第二MME的;所述M2接口建立请求消息、所述M3接口建立请求消息、所述M3接口重置消息和所述MBMS调度信息中均携带所述指示信息。Further, the receiving module 11 is specifically configured to receive MBMS scheduling information that is sent by the second base station by using the first MCE, where the MBMS scheduling information is the first MCE according to the received first The M3 interface reset message sent by the MME is sent to the base station, and the M3 interface reset message is sent by the first MME to the first MCE according to the received indication information sent by the second MME. The indication information is sent by the second MME to the first MME according to the received M3 interface setup request message sent by the second MCE, where the M3 interface setup request message is the second MCE. And sending, by the received M2 interface setup request message, the M2 interface setup request message, the M3 interface setup request message, the M3 interface reset message, and the The indication information is carried in the MBMS scheduling information.
具体的,当第一基站和第二基站由不同的MCE进行调度管理时,第一基 站和第二基站可以通过不同的MCE进行互通;当两个MCE由不同的MME管理时,两个不同的MCE可以通过MME进行互通。本实施例中,基站与MCE之间可以通过M2接口进行交互,MCE与MME之间可以通过M3接口进行交互,两个不同的MME之间可以通过S10接口交互。Specifically, when the first base station and the second base station are scheduled and managed by different MCEs, the first base The station and the second base station can communicate with each other through different MCEs. When two MCEs are managed by different MMEs, two different MCEs can communicate with each other through the MME. In this embodiment, the MeNB can interact with the MCE through the M2 interface, and the MCE and the MME can interact with each other through the M3 interface. The two different MMEs can interact with each other through the S10 interface.
第二基站通过M2接口将M2接口建立请求消息(M2setup request)发送给第二MCE,该M2接口建立请求消息中携带上述指示信息。第二MCE在接收到第二基站发送的M2接口建立请求消息后,向第二基站发送M2接口建立响应消息(M2setup response),并将M2接口建立请求消息中的指示信息携带在M3接口建立请求消息(M3setup request)中发送给第二MME。The second base station sends the M2 interface setup request message (M2setup request) to the second MCE through the M2 interface, where the M2 interface setup request message carries the indication information. After receiving the M2 interface setup request message sent by the second base station, the second MCE sends an M2 interface setup response message (M2setup response) to the second base station, and carries the indication information in the M2 interface setup request message to the M3 interface setup request. The message is sent to the second MME in the message (M3setup request).
第二MME在收到第二MCE发送的M3接口建立请求消息后,读取其中的指示信息,并向第二MCE发送M3接口建立响应消息(M3setup response)。第二MME将所读取的指示信息通过与第一MME之间的S10接口发送给第一MME。After receiving the M3 interface setup request message sent by the second MCE, the second MME reads the indication information therein, and sends an M3 interface setup response message (M3setup response) to the second MCE. The second MME sends the read indication information to the first MME through an S10 interface with the first MME.
第一MME将接收到的指示信息携带在M3接口重置消息(M3RESET)中发送给第一MCE,第一MCE在接收到M3接口重置消息后,向第一MME发送M3接口重置确认消息(M3RESET ACKNOWLEDGE)。第一MCE读取M3接口重置消息中的指示信息,并将该指示信息携带在MBMS调度信息中发送给第一基站。The first MME sends the received indication information to the first MCE in the M3 interface reset message (M3RESET), and after receiving the M3 interface reset message, the first MCE sends an M3 interface reset confirmation message to the first MME. (M3RESET ACKNOWLEDGE). The first MCE reads the indication information in the M3 interface reset message, and carries the indication information in the MBMS scheduling information and sends the indication information to the first base station.
接收模块11在接收到该MBMS调度信息后,通过处理模块12读取该MBMS调度信息中的指示信息,以获知第二MBSFN区域当前正在广播的业务的业务类型,并通过发送模块10向第一MCE发送MBMS调度信息响应(MBMS scheduling information response)。After receiving the MBMS scheduling information, the receiving module 11 reads the indication information in the MBMS scheduling information by the processing module 12 to learn the service type of the service currently being broadcast in the second MBSFN area, and the first The MCE sends an MBMS scheduling information response.
当UE从第一MBSFN区域移动至其他的MBSFN区域的过程中,若处理模块12确定当前UE不能在第一MBSFN区域的广播频率上接收到所述第一MBMS业务或者接收到广播第一MBMS业务的第一基站的信号强度很弱时,且处理模块12根据上述指示信息获知第二MBSFN区域当前广播的业务为第一MBMS业务,处理模块12就可以根据上述指示信息将UE从UE当前所处的MBSFN区域的基站切换至第二MBSFN区域中的基站,以使UE在所述第二基站上继续接收第一MBMS业务,从而使得UE在移动过程中可以连续接收第一MBMS业务。 When the UE moves from the first MBSFN area to the other MBSFN area, the processing module 12 determines that the current UE cannot receive the first MBMS service on the broadcast frequency of the first MBSFN area or receives the broadcast first MBMS service. When the signal strength of the first base station is weak, the processing module 12 learns that the service currently broadcasted by the second MBSFN area is the first MBMS service according to the foregoing indication information, and the processing module 12 can locate the UE from the current location of the UE according to the indication information. The base station of the MBSFN area switches to the base station in the second MBSFN area, so that the UE continues to receive the first MBMS service on the second base station, so that the UE can continuously receive the first MBMS service during the mobile process.
本发明实施例提供的基站,通过发送模块向用户设备广播第一MBMS业务,并通过接收模块接收服务第二MBSFN区域的第二基站发送的指示信息,使得当处理模块确定用户设备离开第一MBSFN区域时,根据指示信息将用户设备从当前MBSFN区域的基站切换至第二MBSFN区域,以使用户设备在第二MBSFN区域上接收所述第一MBMS业务,从而使得UE在移动过程中可以连续接收MBMS业务,保证了业务的连续性。The base station provided by the embodiment of the present invention broadcasts the first MBMS service to the user equipment by using the sending module, and receives the indication information sent by the second base station serving the second MBSFN area by the receiving module, so that the processing module determines that the user equipment leaves the first MBSFN. In the area, the user equipment is switched from the base station of the current MBSFN area to the second MBSFN area according to the indication information, so that the user equipment receives the first MBMS service on the second MBSFN area, so that the UE can continuously receive during the mobile process. The MBMS service guarantees the continuity of the business.
本发明实施例二提供一种基站。该基站服务第二MBSFN区域,该基站可以为方法实施例中的第二基站。该基站包括:发送模块,用于向服务第一MBSFN区域的第一基站发送指示信息;其中,所述第一基站当前向用户设备广播所述第一MBMS业务,所述指示信息用于指示所述第二MBSFN区域当前广播的业务为第一MBMS业务。Embodiment 2 of the present invention provides a base station. The base station serves a second MBSFN area, which may be the second base station in the method embodiment. The base station includes: a sending module, configured to send the indication information to the first base station serving the first MBSFN area, where the first base station currently broadcasts the first MBMS service to the user equipment, where the indication information is used to indicate The service currently broadcast in the second MBSFN area is the first MBMS service.
具体的,当服务第二MBSFN区域开始广播第一MBMS业务时,第二MBSFN区域通过第二基站的发送模块向第一基站发送指示信息,即通过该指示信息向第一基站指示第二MBSFN区域当前广播的业务是第一MBMS业务。需要说明的是,第二MBSFN区域内的基站广播第一MBMS业务,可以是第二MBSFN区域内的第二基站广播第一MBMS业务,也可以是第二MBSFN区域内除第二基站外的其他基站广播第一MBMS业务;也就是说只要第二MBSFN区域上有MBMS业务开始广播,第二MBSFN区域都会通过第二基站的发送模块向第一基站发送指示信息,以向第一基站指示第二MBSFN区域当前广播的MBMS业务类型。另外,上述发送模块所在的第二基站是第一基站的邻区基站,第二基站可以为一个,也可以为多个,因此,上述指示信息可以为一个,也可以为多个。也就是说,第一基站可能有多个不同的邻区基站。Specifically, when the serving the second MBSFN area starts to broadcast the first MBMSN area, the second MBSFN area sends the indication information to the first base station by using the sending module of the second base station, that is, the second MBSFN area is indicated to the first base station by using the indication information. The current broadcast service is the first MBMS service. It should be noted that the base station in the second MBSFN area broadcasts the first MBMS service, and the second base station in the second MBSFN area may broadcast the first MBMS service, or may be other than the second base station in the second MBSFN area. The base station broadcasts the first MBMS service; that is, as long as the MBMS service starts broadcasting in the second MBSFN area, the second MBSFN area sends the indication information to the first base station through the sending module of the second base station to indicate the second to the first base station. The MBMS service type currently broadcast in the MBSFN area. In addition, the second base station where the sending module is located is a neighboring base station of the first base station, and the second base station may be one or more. Therefore, the indication information may be one or multiple. That is, the first base station may have multiple different neighbor base stations.
第一基站在接收到发送模块发送的指示信息后,第一基站根据该指示信息确定第二MBSFN区域当前广播的是第一MBMS业务,则第一基站将该指示信息进行记录或暂存。当第一MBSFN区域内的UE离开第一MBSFN区域时(这里的离开第一MBSFN区域可以为UE移动到除第一MBSFN区域之外的任何MBSFN区域,还可以为UE移动至第一MBSFN区域的边缘区域),此时UE无法接收到第一基站广播的第一MBMS业务或接收到的广播第一 MBMS业务的第一基站的信号强度很弱,第一基站会根据该指示信息将UE切换至当前正在广播第一MBMS业务的第二MBSFN区域,,以保证UE接收第一MBMS业务连续。可选的,当第二基站当前正在广播第一MBMS业务时,第一基站可以根据指示信息将UE切换至第二基站上;可选的,当第二MBSFN区域内还有其他基站当前正在广播第一MBMS业务,则第一基站可以根据第二基站发送的指示信息将UE切换至第二MBSFN区域内正在广播第一MBMS业务的其他基站上。具体可以参见上述图3所示的实施例描述,在此不再赘述。After receiving the indication information sent by the sending module, the first base station determines, according to the indication information, that the second MBSFN area is currently broadcasting the first MBMS service, and the first base station records or temporarily stores the indication information. When the UE in the first MBSFN area leaves the first MBSFN area (where the leaving the first MBSFN area may move the UE to any MBSFN area except the first MBSFN area, the UE may also move to the first MBSFN area. Edge area), at this time, the UE cannot receive the first MBMS service broadcasted by the first base station or the first broadcast received The signal strength of the first base station of the MBMS service is weak. The first base station switches the UE to the second MBSFN area that is currently broadcasting the first MBMS service according to the indication information, so as to ensure that the UE receives the first MBMS service continuously. Optionally, when the second base station is currently broadcasting the first MBMS service, the first base station may switch the UE to the second base station according to the indication information; optionally, when other base stations in the second MBSFN area are currently broadcasting, For the first MBMS service, the first base station may switch the UE to other base stations in the second MBSFN area that are broadcasting the first MBMS service according to the indication information sent by the second base station. For details, refer to the description of the embodiment shown in FIG. 3 above, and details are not described herein again.
本发明实施例提供的基站,通过发送模块向第一基站发送用于指示第二MBSFN区域当前广播的业务为第一MBMS业务的指示信息,若第一基站确定UE离开第一基站服务的第一MBSFN区域时,第一基站根据该指示信息将用户设备从当前MBSFN区域的基站切换至所述第二MBSFN区域,以使UE在所述第二MBSFN区域上继续接收第一MBMS业务,从而使得UE在移动过程中可以连续接收第一MBMS业务,保证了业务的连续性。The base station provided by the embodiment of the present invention sends, by the sending module, the indication information indicating that the service currently broadcasted in the second MBSFN area is the first MBMS service, and the first base station determines that the UE leaves the first base station service. In the MBSFN area, the first base station switches the user equipment from the base station of the current MBSFN area to the second MBSFN area according to the indication information, so that the UE continues to receive the first MBMS service on the second MBSFN area, thereby enabling the UE to The first MBMS service can be continuously received during the mobile process to ensure continuity of the service.
进一步地,上述指示信息可以包括第二MBSFN区域当前广播的业务的业务信息,和所述基站(即第二基站)的标识或第二基站的第二系统频率。Further, the indication information may include service information of a service currently broadcast by the second MBSFN area, and an identifier of the base station (ie, the second base station) or a second system frequency of the second base station.
可选的,当上述指示信息为第二MBSFN区域当前广播的业务的业务信息和所述第二基站的标识时,第一基站在确定UE离开第一MBSFN区域时,根据该指示信息将UE切换至第二基站,也就是说第二MBSFN区域内的第二基站的发送模块当前正在广播第一MBMS业务。需要说明的是,即使第二MBSFN区域内的其他基站当前也正在广播第一MBMS业务,第一基站仍然根据第二基站的标识将UE切换至第二基站。该第二基站的标识可以为第二基站对应的SAI,还可以是第二基站的其他标识,只要第一基站能够根据该标识识别出第二基站即可。Optionally, when the indication information is the service information of the service currently broadcasted by the second MBSFN area and the identifier of the second base station, the first base station, when determining that the UE leaves the first MBSFN area, switches the UE according to the indication information. To the second base station, that is to say the transmitting module of the second base station in the second MBSFN area is currently broadcasting the first MBMS service. It should be noted that, even if other base stations in the second MBSFN area are currently broadcasting the first MBMS service, the first base station still switches the UE to the second base station according to the identifier of the second base station. The identifier of the second base station may be the SAI corresponding to the second base station, and may be other identifiers of the second base station, as long as the first base station can identify the second base station according to the identifier.
可选的,当上述指示信息为第二MBSFN区域当前广播的业务的业务信息和第二基站的第二系统频率时,第一基站在确定UE离开第一MBSFN区域时,根据该指示信息和第一基站的配置信息(例如第一基站的第一系统频率)在第二MBSFN区域内选择合适的目标基站(该目标基站当前正在广播第一MBMS业务)将UE切换至第二MBSFN区域中的目标基站。需要说明的是,即使当前第二基站上也正在广播第一MBSFN业务,第一基站仍然会 将选择合适的目标基站进行切换。当然,如果第一基站确定的目标基站是第二基站,则第一基站就将UE切换至第二基站上。Optionally, when the indication information is the service information of the service currently broadcasted by the second MBSFN area and the second system frequency of the second base station, when the first base station determines that the UE leaves the first MBSFN area, according to the indication information and the The configuration information of a base station (for example, the first system frequency of the first base station) selects a suitable target base station in the second MBSFN area (the target base station is currently broadcasting the first MBMS service), and switches the UE to the target in the second MBSFN area. Base station. It should be noted that even if the first MBSFN service is being broadcasted on the current second base station, the first base station will still The appropriate target base station will be selected for handover. Of course, if the target base station determined by the first base station is the second base station, the first base station switches the UE to the second base station.
需要说明的是,上述指示信息中所包括的第二MBSFN区域当前广播的业务的业务信息可以为该业务的TMGI,还可以为该业务的属性信息,还可以为该业务的其他标识,只要第一基站能够根据该业务信息识别出该业务的业务类型即可。It should be noted that the service information of the service currently broadcasted by the second MBSFN area included in the foregoing indication information may be the TMGI of the service, the attribute information of the service, or other identifiers of the service, as long as the A base station can identify the service type of the service according to the service information.
在上述实施例的基础上,作为本发明实施例的一种可能的实施方式,本实施例涉及的是发送模块将指示信息携带在基站配置更新请求消息中发送给第一基站的过程。进一步地,上述发送模块,具体用于向所述第一基站发送基站配置更新请求消息,所述基站配置更新请求消息中携带所述指示信息。On the basis of the foregoing embodiments, as a possible implementation manner of the embodiment of the present invention, the embodiment relates to a process in which the sending module carries the indication information in the base station configuration update request message and sends the information to the first base station. Further, the sending module is configured to send a base station configuration update request message to the first base station, where the base station configuration update request message carries the indication information.
具体的,第二基站通过X2接口与第一基站进行互通,即第二基站的发送模块通过X2接口将基站配置更新请求消息(eNB configuration updaterequest)发送给第一基站,该基站配置更新请求消息中携带上述指示信息。Specifically, the second base station communicates with the first base station by using the X2 interface, that is, the sending module of the second base station sends a base station configuration update request message (eNB configuration update request) to the first base station by using the X2 interface, where the base station configures the update request message. Carry the above instructions.
第一基站在接收到第二基站发送的基站配置更新请求消息后,向第二基站发送基站配置更新响应消息(eNB configuration update)。当UE从第一MBSFN区域移动至其他的MBSFN区域的过程中,若第一基站确定当前UE不能在第一MBSFN区域的广播频率上接收到所述第一MBMS业务或者接收到广播第一MBMS业务的第一基站的信号强度很弱时,且第一基站根据上述指示信息获知第二MBSFN区域当前广播的业务为第一MBMS业务,第一基站就可以根据上述指示信息将UE从UE当前所处的MBSFN区域的基站切换至第二MBSFN区域中的基站上,以使UE在所述第二MBSFN区域上继续接收第一MBMS业务,从而使得UE在移动过程中可以连续接收第一MBMS业务。After receiving the base station configuration update request message sent by the second base station, the first base station sends a base station configuration update response message (eNB configuration update) to the second base station. When the UE moves from the first MBSFN area to another MBSFN area, if the first base station determines that the current UE cannot receive the first MBMS service on the broadcast frequency of the first MBSFN area or receives the broadcast first MBMS service When the signal strength of the first base station is weak, and the first base station learns that the service currently broadcasted by the second MBSFN area is the first MBMS service, the first base station may present the UE from the UE according to the indication information. The base station of the MBSFN area is handed over to the base station in the second MBSFN area, so that the UE continues to receive the first MBMS service on the second MBSFN area, so that the UE can continuously receive the first MBMS service during the mobile process.
在上述实施例的基础上,作为本发明实施例的另一种可能的实施方式,本实施例涉及的是发送模块将指示信息携带在X2接口修改请求消息中发送给第一基站的过程。进一步地,上述发送模块,具体用于向所述第一基站发送X2接口请求消息,所述X2接口请求消息中携带所述指示信息。On the basis of the foregoing embodiments, as another possible implementation manner of the embodiment of the present invention, the embodiment relates to a process in which the sending module carries the indication information in the X2 interface modification request message and sends the information to the first base station. Further, the sending module is specifically configured to send an X2 interface request message to the first base station, where the X2 interface request message carries the indication information.
具体的,第二基站通过X2接口与第一基站进行互通,即第二基站的发 送模块通过X2接口将X2接口修改请求消息(X2modify request)发送给第一基站,该X2接口修改请求消息中携带上述指示信息。Specifically, the second base station communicates with the first base station through the X2 interface, that is, the second base station sends the second base station The sending module sends the X2 interface modification request message (X2modify request) to the first base station by using the X2 interface, where the X2 interface modification request message carries the indication information.
第一基站在接收到第二基站发送的X2接口修改请求消息后,向第二基站发送X2修改响应消息(X2modify response)。当UE从第一MBSFN区域移动至其他的MBSFN区域的过程中,若第一基站确定当前UE不能在第一MBSFN区域的广播频率上接收到所述第一MBMS业务或者接收到广播第一MBMS业务的第一基站的信号强度很弱时,且第一基站根据上述指示信息获知第二MBSFN区域当前广播的业务为第一MBMS业务,第一基站就可以根据上述指示信息将UE从UE当前所处的MBSFN区域的基站切换至第二MBSFN区域上,以使UE在所述第二MBSFN区域上继续接收第一MBMS业务,从而使得UE在移动过程中可以连续接收第一MBMS业务。After receiving the X2 interface modification request message sent by the second base station, the first base station sends an X2 modify response message to the second base station. When the UE moves from the first MBSFN area to another MBSFN area, if the first base station determines that the current UE cannot receive the first MBMS service on the broadcast frequency of the first MBSFN area or receives the broadcast first MBMS service When the signal strength of the first base station is weak, and the first base station learns that the service currently broadcasted by the second MBSFN area is the first MBMS service, the first base station may present the UE from the UE according to the indication information. The base station of the MBSFN area is handed over to the second MBSFN area, so that the UE continues to receive the first MBMS service on the second MBSFN area, so that the UE can continuously receive the first MBMS service during the mobile process.
在上述实施例的基础上,作为本发明实施例的第三种可能的实施方式,本实施例涉及的是发送模块通过网元设备将指示信息发送给第一基站的具体过程。该网元设备可以为共同管理第一基站和第二基站的MCE,可以参见图4所示的网络拓扑图。进一步地,上述发送模块,具体用于通过所述MCE向所述第一基站发送MBMS调度信息,其中,所述MBMS调度信息为所述MCE根据接收到的所述基站发送的M2接口建立请求消息发送给所述第一基站的;其中,所述M2接口建立请求消息和所述MBMS调度信息中均携带所述指示信息。On the basis of the foregoing embodiment, as a third possible implementation manner of the embodiment of the present invention, the embodiment relates to a specific process in which the sending module sends the indication information to the first base station by using the network element device. The network element device may be an MCE that jointly manages the first base station and the second base station. For example, refer to the network topology diagram shown in FIG. 4. Further, the foregoing sending module is configured to send the MBMS scheduling information to the first base station by using the MCE, where the MBMS scheduling information is that the MCE is configured according to the received M2 interface setup request message sent by the base station. The information is sent to the first base station, where the indication information is carried in both the M2 interface setup request message and the MBMS scheduling information.
具体的,当第一基站和第二基站由同一个MCE进行调度管理时,第一基站和第二基站可以通过MCE进行互通,即可以通过基站与MCE之间的M2接口进行互通。Specifically, when the first base station and the second base station are scheduled and managed by the same MCE, the first base station and the second base station can communicate with each other through the MCE, that is, the M2 interface between the base station and the MCE can communicate with each other.
发送模块通过M2接口将M2接口建立请求消息(M2setup request)发送给MCE,该M2接口建立请求消息中携带上述指示信息。MCE在接收到第二基站发送的M2接口建立请求消息后,向第二基站发送M2接口建立响应消息(M2setup response),并将M2接口建立请求消息中的指示信息携带在MBMS调度信息(MBMS scheduling information)发送给第一基站。第一基站在接收到该MBMS调度信息后,读取该MBMS调度信息中的指示信息,以获知第二MBSFN区域当前正在广播的业务类型,并向MCE发送MBMS 调度信息响应(MBMS scheduling information response)。The sending module sends an M2 interface setup request message (M2setup request) to the MCE through the M2 interface, where the M2 interface setup request message carries the indication information. After receiving the M2 interface setup request message sent by the second base station, the MCE sends an M2 interface setup response message (M2setup response) to the second base station, and carries the indication information in the M2 interface setup request message in the MBMS scheduling information (MBMS scheduling). Information) is sent to the first base station. After receiving the MBMS scheduling information, the first base station reads the indication information in the MBMS scheduling information to learn the service type currently being broadcast in the second MBSFN area, and sends the MBMS to the MCE. MBMS scheduling information response.
当UE从第一MBSFN区域移动至其他的MBSFN区域的过程中,若第一基站确定当前不能在第一MBSFN区域的广播频率上接收到所述第一MBMS业务或者接收到广播第一MBMS业务的第一基站的信号强度很弱时,且第一基站根据上述指示信息获知第二MBSFN区域当前广播的业务为第一MBMS业务,第一基站就可以根据上述指示信息将UE从UE当前所处的MBSFN区域的基站切换至第二MBSFN区域中的基站上,以使UE在所述第二MBSFN区域上继续接收第一MBMS业务,从而使得UE在移动过程中可以连续接收第一MBMS业务。When the UE moves from the first MBSFN area to another MBSFN area, if the first base station determines that the first MBMS service cannot be received on the broadcast frequency of the first MBSFN area or receives the first MBMS service, When the signal strength of the first base station is weak, and the first base station learns that the service currently broadcasted by the second MBSFN area is the first MBMS service according to the indication information, the first base station may, according to the indication information, the UE is currently located by the UE. The base station of the MBSFN area is handed over to the base station in the second MBSFN area, so that the UE continues to receive the first MBMS service on the second MBSFN area, so that the UE can continuously receive the first MBMS service during the mobile process.
在上述实施例的基础上,作为本发明实施例的第四种可能的实施方式,本实施例涉及的是发送模块通过网元设备将指示信息发送给第一基站的另一具体过程。该网元设备包括第一MCE、第二MCE、第一MME和第二MME,可以参见图5所示的网络拓扑示意图,图5中,第一MCE调度管理第一基站,第二MCE调度管理第二基站,且第一MME管理第一MCE,第二MME管理第二MCE。可选的,图5中的第一MME和第二MME也可以为同一个MME,即本实施例也适用于第一MCE和第二MCE由同一个MME管理的场景。下述技术方案以第一MME管理第一MCE,第二MME管理第二MCE的场景为例来进行说明。On the basis of the foregoing embodiment, as a fourth possible implementation manner of the embodiment of the present invention, the embodiment relates to another specific process in which the sending module sends the indication information to the first base station by using the network element device. The network element device includes a first MCE, a second MCE, a first MME, and a second MME. Referring to the network topology diagram shown in FIG. 5, in FIG. 5, the first MCE scheduling management first base station, and the second MCE scheduling management The second base station, and the first MME manages the first MCE, and the second MME manages the second MCE. Optionally, the first MME and the second MME in FIG. 5 may also be the same MME, that is, the embodiment is also applicable to a scenario in which the first MCE and the second MCE are managed by the same MME. The following technical solution is described by taking a scenario in which the first MME manages the first MCE and the second MME manages the second MCE.
进一步地,上述发送模块,具体用于通过所述第一MCE向所述第一基站发送MBMS调度信息;其中,所述MBMS调度信息为所述第一MCE根据接收到的所述第一MME发送的M3接口重置消息发送给所述第一基站的,所述M3接口重置消息为所述第一MME根据接收到的所述第二MME发送的所述指示信息发送给所述第一MCE的,所述指示信息为所述第二MME根据接收到的所述第二MCE发送的M3接口建立请求消息发送给所述第一MME的,所述M3接口建立请求消息为所述第二MCE根据接收到的所述基站(即第二基站)发送的M2接口建立请求消息发送给所述第二MME的;所述M2接口建立请求消息、所述M3接口建立请求消息、所述M3接口重置消息和所述MBMS调度信息中均携带所述指示信息。Further, the sending module is configured to send the MBMS scheduling information to the first base station by using the first MCE, where the MBMS scheduling information is sent by the first MCE according to the received first MME. The M3 interface reset message is sent to the first base station, and the M3 interface reset message is sent by the first MME to the first MCE according to the received indication information sent by the second MME. The indication information is sent by the second MME to the first MME according to the received M3 interface setup request message sent by the second MCE, where the M3 interface setup request message is the second MCE. The M2 interface setup request message sent by the received base station (ie, the second base station) is sent to the second MME; the M2 interface setup request message, the M3 interface setup request message, and the M3 interface are heavy The indication information is carried in both the message and the MBMS scheduling information.
具体的,当第一基站和第二基站由不同的MCE进行调度管理时,第一基 站和第二基站可以通过不同的MCE进行互通;当两个MCE由不同的MME管理时,两个不同的MCE可以通过MME进行互通。本实施例中,基站与MCE之间可以通过M2接口进行交互,MCE与MME之间可以通过M3接口进行交互,两个不同的MME之间可以通过S10接口交互。Specifically, when the first base station and the second base station are scheduled and managed by different MCEs, the first base The station and the second base station can communicate with each other through different MCEs. When two MCEs are managed by different MMEs, two different MCEs can communicate with each other through the MME. In this embodiment, the MeNB can interact with the MCE through the M2 interface, and the MCE and the MME can interact with each other through the M3 interface. The two different MMEs can interact with each other through the S10 interface.
发送模块通过M2接口将M2接口建立请求消息(M2setup request)发送给第二MCE,该M2接口建立请求消息中携带上述指示信息。第二MCE在接收到发送模块发送的M2接口建立请求消息后,向第二基站发送M2接口建立响应消息(M2setup response),并将M2接口建立请求消息中的指示信息携带在M3接口建立请求消息(M3setup request)中发送给第二MME。The sending module sends the M2 interface setup request message (M2setup request) to the second MCE through the M2 interface, where the M2 interface setup request message carries the indication information. After receiving the M2 interface setup request message sent by the sending module, the second MCE sends an M2 interface setup response message (M2setup response) to the second base station, and carries the indication information in the M2 interface setup request message in the M3 interface setup request message. (M3setup request) is sent to the second MME.
第二MME在收到第二MCE发送的M3接口建立请求消息后,读取其中的指示信息,并向第二MCE发送M3接口建立响应消息(M3setup response)。第二MME将所读取的指示信息通过与第一MME之间的S10接口发送给第一MME。After receiving the M3 interface setup request message sent by the second MCE, the second MME reads the indication information therein, and sends an M3 interface setup response message (M3setup response) to the second MCE. The second MME sends the read indication information to the first MME through an S10 interface with the first MME.
第一MME将接收到的指示信息携带在M3接口重置消息(M3RESET)中发送给第一MCE,第一MCE在接收到M3接口重置消息后,向第一MME发送M3接口重置确认消息(M3RESET ACKNOWLEDGE)。第一MCE读取M3接口重置消息中的指示信息,并将该指示信息携带在MBMS调度信息中发送给第一基站。The first MME sends the received indication information to the first MCE in the M3 interface reset message (M3RESET), and after receiving the M3 interface reset message, the first MCE sends an M3 interface reset confirmation message to the first MME. (M3RESET ACKNOWLEDGE). The first MCE reads the indication information in the M3 interface reset message, and carries the indication information in the MBMS scheduling information and sends the indication information to the first base station.
第一基站在接收到该MBMS调度信息后,读取该MBMS调度信息中的指示信息,以获知第二MBSFN区域当前正在广播的业务类型,并向MCE发送MBMS调度信息响应(MBMS scheduling information response)。After receiving the MBMS scheduling information, the first base station reads the indication information in the MBMS scheduling information to learn the service type currently being broadcast in the second MBSFN area, and sends an MBMS scheduling information response to the MCE. .
当UE从第一MBSFN区域移动至其他的MBSFN区域的过程中,若第一基站确定当前UE不能在第一MBSFN区域的广播频率上接收到所述第一MBMS业务或者接收到广播第一MBMS业务的第一基站的信号强度很弱时,且第一基站根据上述指示信息获知第二MBSFN区域当前广播的业务为第一MBMS业务,第一基站就可以根据上述指示信息将UE从UE当前所处的MBSFN区域的基站切换至第二MBSFN区域中的基站上,以使UE在所述第二MBSFN区域上继续接收第一MBMS业务,从而使得UE在移动过程中可以连续接收第一MBMS业务。When the UE moves from the first MBSFN area to another MBSFN area, if the first base station determines that the current UE cannot receive the first MBMS service on the broadcast frequency of the first MBSFN area or receives the broadcast first MBMS service When the signal strength of the first base station is weak, and the first base station learns that the service currently broadcasted by the second MBSFN area is the first MBMS service, the first base station may present the UE from the UE according to the indication information. The base station of the MBSFN area is handed over to the base station in the second MBSFN area, so that the UE continues to receive the first MBMS service on the second MBSFN area, so that the UE can continuously receive the first MBMS service during the mobile process.
本发明实施例提供的基站,通过发送模块向第一基站发送用于指示第二 MBSFN区域当前广播的业务为第一MBMS业务的指示信息,若第一基站确定UE离开第一基站服务的第一MBSFN区域时,第一基站根据该指示信息将用户设备从当前MBSFN区域的基站切换至第二MBSFN区域,以使UE在第二MBSFN区域上继续接收第一MBMS业务,从而使得UE在移动过程中可以连续接收第一MBMS业务,保证了业务的连续性。The base station provided by the embodiment of the present invention sends a second base station to the first base station to indicate the second The service currently broadcasted by the MBSFN area is the indication information of the first MBMS service. If the first base station determines that the UE leaves the first MBSFN area served by the first base station, the first base station switches the user equipment from the base station of the current MBSFN area according to the indication information. Up to the second MBSFN area, so that the UE continues to receive the first MBMS service on the second MBSFN area, so that the UE can continuously receive the first MBMS service during the mobile process, ensuring continuity of the service.
图6为本发明提供的保持业务连续的方法实施例一的流程示意图。如图6所示,该方法包括:FIG. 6 is a schematic flowchart diagram of Embodiment 1 of a method for maintaining service continuity according to the present invention. As shown in FIG. 6, the method includes:
S101:服务第一MBSFN区域的第一基站向用户设备广播第一MBMS业务。S101: The first base station serving the first MBSFN area broadcasts the first MBMS service to the user equipment.
S102:第一基站接收服务第二MBSFN区域的第二基站发送的指示信息,其中,所述指示信息用于指示所述第二MBSFN区域当前广播的业务为所述第一MBMS业务。S102: The first base station receives the indication information that is sent by the second base station that serves the second MBSFN area, where the indication information is used to indicate that the service currently broadcasted by the second MBSFN area is the first MBMS service.
具体的,当第二MBSFN区域开始广播第一MBMS业务时,第二MBSFN区域通过第二基站向第一基站发送指示信息,即通过该指示信息向第一基站指示第二MBSFN区域当前广播的业务是第一MBMS业务。需要说明的是,第二MBSFN区域内的基站广播第一MBMS业务,可以是第二MBSFN区域内的第二基站广播第一MBMS业务,也可以是第二MBSFN区域内除第二基站外的其他基站广播第一MBMS业务;也就是说只要第二MBSFN区域上有MBMS业务开始广播,第二MBSFN区域都会通过第二基站向第一基站发送指示信息,以向第一基站指示第二MBSFN区域当前广播的MBMS业务类型。另外,该第二基站是第一基站的邻区基站,第二基站可以为一个,也可以为多个,因此,上述指示信息可以为一个,也可以为多个,也就是说,第一基站可能有多个不同的邻区基站。Specifically, when the second MBSFN area starts to broadcast the first MBMS service, the second MBSFN area sends the indication information to the first base station by using the second base station, that is, the first base station is indicated by the indication information to the current broadcast service of the second MBSFN area. It is the first MBMS service. It should be noted that the base station in the second MBSFN area broadcasts the first MBMS service, and the second base station in the second MBSFN area may broadcast the first MBMS service, or may be other than the second base station in the second MBSFN area. The base station broadcasts the first MBMS service; that is, as long as the MBMS service starts broadcasting in the second MBSFN area, the second MBSFN area sends the indication information to the first base station by using the second base station to indicate to the first base station that the second MBSFN area is currently The type of MBMS service broadcast. In addition, the second base station is a neighboring base station of the first base station, and the second base station may be one or more. Therefore, the indication information may be one or multiple, that is, the first base station. There may be multiple different neighbor base stations.
S103:当所述用户设备离开所述第一MBSFN区域时,所述第一基站根据所述指示信息将所述用户设备从当前MBSFN区域的基站切换至所述第二MBSFN区域,以使所述用户设备在所述第二MBSFN区域上接收所述第一MBMS业务。S103: When the user equipment leaves the first MBSFN area, the first base station switches the user equipment from a base station of a current MBSFN area to the second MBSFN area according to the indication information, so that the The user equipment receives the first MBMS service on the second MBSFN area.
具体的,第一基站在接收到第二基站发送的指示信息后,第一基站根据该指示信息确定第二MBSFN区域当前广播的是第一MBMS业务,则第一基 站将该指示信息进行记录或暂存。当第一MBSFN区域内的UE离开第一MBSFN区域时(这里的离开第一MBSFN区域可以为UE移动到除第一MBSFN区域之外的任何MBSFN区域,还可以为UE移动至第一MBSFN区域的边缘区域),此时UE无法接收到第一基站广播的第一MBMS业务或接收到广播第一MBMS业务的第一基站的信号强度很弱,第一基站会根据该指示信息将UE切换至当前正在广播第一MBMS业务的第二MBSFN区域上,以保证UE接收第一MBMS业务连续。需要说明的是,这里将UE切换至第二MBSFN区域,实际上为将用户设备切换至第二MBSFN区域中的基站上。可选的,当第二基站当前正在广播第一MBMS业务时,第一基站可以根据指示信息将UE切换至第二基站上;可选的,当第二MBSFN区域内还有其他基站当前正在广播第一MBMS业务,则第一基站可以根据第二基站发送的指示信息将UE切换至第二MBSFN区域内正在广播第一MBMS业务的其他基站上。Specifically, after receiving the indication information sent by the second base station, the first base station determines, according to the indication information, that the second MBSFN area currently broadcasts the first MBMS service, and the first base station The station records or temporarily stores the indication information. When the UE in the first MBSFN area leaves the first MBSFN area (where the leaving the first MBSFN area may move the UE to any MBSFN area except the first MBSFN area, the UE may also move to the first MBSFN area. The edge region is that the UE cannot receive the first MBMS service broadcast by the first base station or the first base station that receives the first MBMS service is weak, and the first base station switches the UE to the current according to the indication information. The second MBSFN area of the first MBMS service is being broadcasted to ensure that the UE receives the first MBMS service continuity. It should be noted that, here, the UE is switched to the second MBSFN area, and actually the user equipment is switched to the base station in the second MBSFN area. Optionally, when the second base station is currently broadcasting the first MBMS service, the first base station may switch the UE to the second base station according to the indication information; optionally, when other base stations in the second MBSFN area are currently broadcasting, For the first MBMS service, the first base station may switch the UE to other base stations in the second MBSFN area that are broadcasting the first MBMS service according to the indication information sent by the second base station.
参见图2,UE当前处于第一MBSFN区域,且UE正在接收第一基站在第一系统频率上广播的第一MBMS业务。当UE从第一MBSFN区域向其他MBSFN区域移动时,假设UE移动到图2所示的第一MBSFN区域的边缘,即将进入第三MBSFN区域,此时UE在第一系统频率上接收不到第一基站广播的第一MBMS业务或者接收到广播第一MBMS业务的第一基站的信号强度很弱(而此时第一MBMS业务依旧是UE所感兴趣的业务),则UE向第一基站上报自己当前的通信质量,例如,可以是通过测量报告反馈,还可以是通过其他的信息向第一基站上报。第一基站在获知UE当前的通信质量较差的情况后,第一基站根据之前第二基站发送的指示信息获知当前第二MBSFN区域正在广播的业务为第一MBMS业务。因此,为了确保UE接收第一MBMS业务的连续,第一基站将UE从当前的第三MBSFN区域的基站切换至第二MBSFN区域。可选的,第一基站可以通过相应的握手协议或者信令告知UE当前应该与第二MBSFN区域内广播第一MBMS业务的基站建立通信,从而就将UE切换至第二MBSFN区域上,进而使得UE可以在第二MBSFN区域上继续接收第一MBMS业务,确保了UE接收第一MBMS业务的连续性。需要说明的是,若第一基站最终确定UE可以切换到第二MBSFN区域内的多个基站上,则第一基站可以任选一个基站,将UE从当前的第三 MBSFN区域的基站切换至该基站。Referring to FIG. 2, the UE is currently in the first MBSFN area, and the UE is receiving the first MBMS service broadcast by the first base station on the first system frequency. When the UE moves from the first MBSFN area to the other MBSFN area, it is assumed that the UE moves to the edge of the first MBSFN area shown in FIG. 2, and is about to enter the third MBSFN area, and the UE does not receive the first system frequency. If the signal strength of the first MBMS service broadcasted by a base station or the first base station that receives the first MBMS service is weak (while the first MBMS service is still the service of interest to the UE), the UE reports itself to the first base station. The current communication quality, for example, may be reported by measurement report, or may be reported to the first base station by other information. After the first base station learns that the current communication quality of the UE is poor, the first base station learns, according to the indication information sent by the second base station, that the service currently being broadcast in the second MBSFN area is the first MBMS service. Therefore, in order to ensure that the UE receives the continuity of the first MBMS service, the first base station switches the UE from the base station of the current third MBSFN area to the second MBSFN area. Optionally, the first base station may notify, by using a corresponding handshake protocol or signaling, that the UE should currently establish communication with the base station that broadcasts the first MBMS service in the second MBSFN area, thereby switching the UE to the second MBSFN area, thereby enabling The UE may continue to receive the first MBMS service on the second MBSFN area, ensuring that the UE receives the continuity of the first MBMS service. It should be noted that, if the first base station finally determines that the UE can switch to multiple base stations in the second MBSFN area, the first base station may select one base station and the UE from the current third. The base station of the MBSFN area switches to the base station.
现有技术中,当UE从第一MBSFN区域移动至其他的MBSFN区域的过程中,且UE依然对第一基站广播的第一MBMS业务感兴趣,但是由于UE的移动,导致UE不能在第一MBSFN区域的广播频率上接收到所述第一MBMS业务或接收到广播第一MBMS业务的第一基站的信号强度很弱,但是由于现有技术中第一基站无法获知除自身之外的其他基站中当前哪一个基站正在广播第一MBMS业务,因此无法将UE切换至正确的目标基站上,从而导致UE接收第一MBMS业务中断;但是,在本发明中,由于第二基站会将第二MBSFN区域当前广播的业务通过指示信息告知第一基站,因此,当UE在移动过程中无法接收到第一MBMS业务或接收到广播第一MBMS业务的第一基站的信号强度很弱时,第一基站可以根据该指示信息将UE从当前所处的MBSFN区域的基站切换至第二MBSFN区域上,在第二MBSFN区域上继续接收第一MBMS业务,从而使得UE可以不中断地接收第一MBMS业务,确保了UE接收第一MBMS业务的连续性。In the prior art, when the UE moves from the first MBSFN area to another MBSFN area, and the UE is still interested in the first MBMS service broadcast by the first base station, but the UE cannot be in the first place due to the movement of the UE. The signal strength of the first base station that receives the first MBMS service or receives the first MBMS service broadcast is weak on the broadcast frequency of the MBSFN area, but the first base station in the prior art cannot know other base stations except itself. Which of the current base stations is currently broadcasting the first MBMS service, and therefore cannot handover the UE to the correct target base station, thereby causing the UE to receive the first MBMS service interruption; however, in the present invention, since the second base station will be the second MBSFN The service currently broadcasted by the area is notified to the first base station by the indication information. Therefore, when the UE cannot receive the first MBMS service during the mobile process or the signal strength of the first base station that receives the first MBMS service is weak, the first base station The UE may be switched from the base station of the currently located MBSFN area to the second MBSFN area according to the indication information, and continue to receive the first MBMS service on the second MBSFN area. So that the UE may not receive the first MBMS service interruption, to ensure continuity of the first UE receiving the MBMS service.
本发明实施例提供的保持业务连续的方法,通过第一基站接收第二基站发送的用于指示第二MBSFN区域当前广播的业务为第一MBMS业务的指示信息,若第一基站确定UE离开第一基站服务的第一MBSFN区时,第一基站根据该指示信息将用户设备从当前MBSFN区域的基站切换至第二MBSFN区域,以使UE在第二MBSFN区域上继续接收第一MBMS业务,从而使得UE在移动过程中可以连续接收MBMS业务,保证了业务的连续性。The method for maintaining the continuity of the service provided by the embodiment of the present invention, the first base station receives the indication information that is sent by the second base station to indicate that the service currently broadcasted in the second MBSFN area is the first MBMS service, and if the first base station determines that the UE leaves the When the first MBSFN area is served by the base station, the first base station switches the user equipment from the base station of the current MBSFN area to the second MBSFN area according to the indication information, so that the UE continues to receive the first MBMS service on the second MBSFN area, thereby The UE can continuously receive the MBMS service during the mobile process, ensuring the continuity of the service.
进一步地,在上述实施例的基础上,上述第一基站在将用户设备从当前MBSFN区域切换至第二MBSFN区域之前,第一基站还根据上述指示信息选择将UE切换至第二MBSFN区域。也就是说,假设UE离开第一MBSFN区域时,第一基站根据该指示信息告知UE应该选择第二MBSFN区域,与第二MBSFN区域内的基站建立通信,从而在第二MBSFN区域内继续接收第一MBMS业务。Further, on the basis of the foregoing embodiment, before the first base station switches the user equipment from the current MBSFN area to the second MBSFN area, the first base station further selects to switch the UE to the second MBSFN area according to the indication information. That is, when the UE leaves the first MBSFN area, the first base station informs the UE that the second MBSFN area should be selected according to the indication information, and establishes communication with the base station in the second MBSFN area, thereby continuing to receive the second MBSFN area. An MBMS service.
更进一步地,上述指示信息可以包括第二MBSFN区域当前广播的业务的业务信息,和第二基站的标识或第二基站的第二系统频率。Further, the indication information may include service information of a service currently broadcast by the second MBSFN area, and an identifier of the second base station or a second system frequency of the second base station.
可选的,当上述指示信息为第二MBSFN区域当前广播的业务的业务信息和所述第二基站的标识时,第一基站在确定UE离开第一MBSFN区域时, 根据该指示信息将UE切换至第二基站,也就是说第二MBSFN区域内的第二基站当前正在广播第一MBMS业务。需要说明的是,即使第二MBSFN区域内的其他基站当前也正在广播第一MBMS业务,第一基站仍然根据第二基站的标识将UE切换至第二基站。该第二基站的标识可以为第二基站对应的SAI,还可以是第二基站的其他标识,只要第一基站能够根据该标识识别出第二基站即可。Optionally, when the indication information is the service information of the service currently broadcasted by the second MBSFN area and the identifier of the second base station, when the first base station determines that the UE leaves the first MBSFN area, The UE is handed over to the second base station according to the indication information, that is, the second base station in the second MBSFN area is currently broadcasting the first MBMS service. It should be noted that, even if other base stations in the second MBSFN area are currently broadcasting the first MBMS service, the first base station still switches the UE to the second base station according to the identifier of the second base station. The identifier of the second base station may be the SAI corresponding to the second base station, and may be other identifiers of the second base station, as long as the first base station can identify the second base station according to the identifier.
可选的,当上述指示信息为第二MBSFN区域当前广播的业务的业务信息和第二基站的第二系统频率时,第一基站在确定UE离开第一MBSFN区域时,根据该指示信息和第一基站的配置信息(例如第一基站的第一系统频率)在第二MBSFN区域内选择合适的目标基站(该目标基站当前正在广播第一MBMS业务)将UE切换至第二MBSFN区域中的目标基站。需要说明的是,即使当前第二基站上也正在广播第一MBSFN业务,第一基站仍然会将选择合适的目标基站进行切换。当然,如果第一基站确定的目标基站是第二基站,则第一基站就将UE切换至第二基站上。Optionally, when the indication information is the service information of the service currently broadcasted by the second MBSFN area and the second system frequency of the second base station, when the first base station determines that the UE leaves the first MBSFN area, according to the indication information and the The configuration information of a base station (for example, the first system frequency of the first base station) selects a suitable target base station in the second MBSFN area (the target base station is currently broadcasting the first MBMS service), and switches the UE to the target in the second MBSFN area. Base station. It should be noted that even if the first MBSFN service is being broadcasted on the current second base station, the first base station will still select the appropriate target base station to perform handover. Of course, if the target base station determined by the first base station is the second base station, the first base station switches the UE to the second base station.
需要说明的是,上述指示信息中所包括的第二MBSFN区域当前广播的业务的业务信息可以为该业务的临时移动群组标识(Temporary Mobile GroupIdentity,以下简称TMGI),还可以为该业务的属性信息,还可以为该业务的其他标识,只要第一基站能够根据该业务信息识别出该业务的业务类型即可。It should be noted that the service information of the service currently broadcasted by the second MBSFN area included in the foregoing indication information may be a Temporary Mobile Group Identity (TMGI) of the service, and may also be an attribute of the service. The information may also be other identifiers of the service, as long as the first base station can identify the service type of the service according to the service information.
在上述实施例的基础上,作为本发明实施例的一种可能的实施方式,本实施例涉及的是第一基站从第二基站发送的基站配置更新请求消息中获得上述指示信息的过程。进一步地,上述S101具体为:第一基站接收所述第二基站发送的基站配置更新请求消息,所述基站配置更新请求消息中携带所述指示信息。On the basis of the foregoing embodiment, as a possible implementation manner of the embodiment of the present invention, the embodiment relates to a process in which the first base station obtains the indication information from a base station configuration update request message sent by the second base station. Further, the above S101 is specifically: the first base station receives the base station configuration update request message sent by the second base station, and the base station configuration update request message carries the indication information.
具体的,第二基站通过X2接口与第一基站进行互通,即第二基站通过X2接口将基站配置更新请求消息(eNB configuration update request)发送给第一基站,该基站配置更新请求消息中携带上述指示信息。Specifically, the second base station communicates with the first base station by using the X2 interface, that is, the second base station sends an eNB configuration update request message to the first base station by using the X2 interface, where the base station configuration update request message carries the foregoing Instructions.
第一基站在接收到第二基站发送的基站配置更新请求消息后,向第二基站发送基站配置更新响应消息(eNB configuration update)。当UE从第一MBSFN区域移动至其他的MBSFN区域的过程中,若第一基站确定当前UE 不能在第一MBSFN区域的广播频率上接收到所述第一MBMS业务或者接收到广播第一MBMS业务的第一基站的信号强度很弱时,且第一基站根据上述指示信息获知第二MBSFN区域当前广播的业务为第一MBMS业务,第一基站就可以根据上述指示信息将UE从UE当前所处的MBSFN区域的基站切换至第二MBSFN区域中的基站上,以使UE在所述第二MBSFN区域上继续接收第一MBMS业务,从而使得UE在移动过程中可以连续接收第一MBMS业务。After receiving the base station configuration update request message sent by the second base station, the first base station sends a base station configuration update response message (eNB configuration update) to the second base station. When the UE moves from the first MBSFN area to another MBSFN area, if the first base station determines the current UE When the first MBMS service is not received on the broadcast frequency of the first MBSFN area or the signal strength of the first base station that receives the first MBMS service is weak, the first base station learns the second MBSFN area according to the indication information. The currently broadcasted service is the first MBMS service, and the first base station may switch the UE from the base station of the MBSFN area where the UE is currently located to the base station in the second MBSFN area according to the foregoing indication information, so that the UE is in the second The first MBMS service continues to be received on the MBSFN area, so that the UE can continuously receive the first MBMS service during the mobile process.
可选的,上述第一基站可以通过指示信息中携带的第二MBSFN区域当前广播的业务的TMGI来确定第二MBSFN区域当前广播的业务是否为第一MBMS业务,即第一基站可以通过将该业务的TMGI与自身所广播的第一MBMS业务的TMGI进行对比,确定第二MBSFN区域当前广播的业务为第一MBMS业务。Optionally, the first base station may determine, by using a TMGI of the service currently broadcasted by the second MBSFN area that is carried in the information, whether the current broadcast service of the second MBSFN area is the first MBMS service, that is, the first base station may The TMGI of the service is compared with the TMGI of the first MBMS service broadcasted by itself, and the service currently broadcasted in the second MBSFN area is determined to be the first MBMS service.
在上述实施例的基础上,作为本发明实施例的另一种可能的实施方式,本实施例涉及的是第一基站从第二基站发送的X2接口修改请求消息中获得上述指示信息的过程。进一步地,上述S101具体为:第一基站接收所述第二基站发送的X2接口修改请求消息,所述X2接口修改请求消息中携带所述指示信息。On the basis of the foregoing embodiment, as another possible implementation manner of the embodiment of the present invention, the embodiment relates to a process in which the first base station obtains the indication information from an X2 interface modification request message sent by the second base station. Further, the foregoing S101 is specifically: the first base station receives the X2 interface modification request message sent by the second base station, and the X2 interface modification request message carries the indication information.
具体的,第二基站通过X2接口与第一基站进行互通,即第二基站通过X2接口将X2接口修改请求消息(X2modify request)发送给第一基站,该X2接口修改请求消息中携带上述指示信息。Specifically, the second base station communicates with the first base station by using the X2 interface, that is, the second base station sends an X2 interface modification request message (X2modify request) to the first base station by using the X2 interface, where the X2 interface modification request message carries the indication information. .
第一基站在接收到第二基站发送的X2接口修改请求消息后,向第二基站发送X2修改响应消息(X2modify response)。当UE从第一MBSFN区域移动至其他的MBSFN区域的过程中,若第一基站确定当前UE不能在第一MBSFN区域的广播频率上接收到所述第一MBMS业务或者接收到广播第一MBMS业务的第一基站的信号强度很弱时,且第一基站根据上述指示信息获知第二MBSFN区域当前广播的业务为第一MBMS业务,第一基站就可以根据上述指示信息将UE从UE当前所处的MBSFN区域的基站切换至第二MBSFN区域中的基站上,以使UE在所述第二MBSFN区域上继续接收第一MBMS业务,从而使得UE在移动过程中可以连续接收第一MBMS业务。 After receiving the X2 interface modification request message sent by the second base station, the first base station sends an X2 modify response message to the second base station. When the UE moves from the first MBSFN area to another MBSFN area, if the first base station determines that the current UE cannot receive the first MBMS service on the broadcast frequency of the first MBSFN area or receives the broadcast first MBMS service When the signal strength of the first base station is weak, and the first base station learns that the service currently broadcasted by the second MBSFN area is the first MBMS service, the first base station may present the UE from the UE according to the indication information. The base station of the MBSFN area is handed over to the base station in the second MBSFN area, so that the UE continues to receive the first MBMS service on the second MBSFN area, so that the UE can continuously receive the first MBMS service during the mobile process.
可选的,上述第一基站可以通过指示信息中携带的第二MBSFN区域当前广播的业务的TMGI来确定第二MBSFN区域当前广播的业务是否为第一MBMS业务,即第一基站可以通过将该业务的TMGI与自身所广播的第一MBMS业务的TMGI进行对比,确定第二MBSFN区域当前广播的业务为第一MBMS业务。Optionally, the first base station may determine, by using a TMGI of the service currently broadcasted by the second MBSFN area that is carried in the information, whether the current broadcast service of the second MBSFN area is the first MBMS service, that is, the first base station may The TMGI of the service is compared with the TMGI of the first MBMS service broadcasted by itself, and the service currently broadcasted in the second MBSFN area is determined to be the first MBMS service.
在上述实施例的基础上,作为本发明实施例的第三种可能的实施方式,本实施例涉及的是第一基站接收第二基站通过网元设备发送的指示信息的具体过程,该网元设备为多小区多播协调实体(Multi-cell/multicast CoordinationEntity,以下简称MCE),可以参见图4所示的网络拓扑示意图,图4中,第一基站和第二基站由共同的MCE进行调度管理。进一步地,上述S101具体包括:第一基站接收所述第二基站通过所述MCE发送的MBMS调度信息;其中,所述MBMS调度信息为所述MCE根据接收到的所述第二基站发送的M2接口建立请求消息发送给所述第一基站的,所述M2接口建立请求消息和所述MBMS调度信息中均携带所述指示信息。On the basis of the foregoing embodiment, as a third possible implementation manner of the embodiment of the present invention, the embodiment relates to a specific process for the first base station to receive the indication information sent by the second base station by using the network element device, where the network element The device is a Multi-cell/Multicast Coordination Entity (MCE). For details, see the network topology shown in Figure 4. In Figure 4, the first base station and the second base station are scheduled and managed by a common MCE. . Further, the foregoing S101 includes: the first base station receives the MBMS scheduling information that is sent by the second base station by using the MCE, where the MBMS scheduling information is that the MCE sends the M2 according to the received second base station. The interface setup request message is sent to the first base station, and the indication information is carried in both the M2 interface setup request message and the MBMS scheduling information.
具体的,当第一基站和第二基站由同一个MCE进行调度管理时,第一基站和第二基站可以通过MCE进行互通,即可以通过基站与MCE之间的M2接口进行互通。Specifically, when the first base station and the second base station are scheduled and managed by the same MCE, the first base station and the second base station can communicate with each other through the MCE, that is, the M2 interface between the base station and the MCE can communicate with each other.
第二基站通过M2接口将M2接口建立请求消息(M2setup request)发送给MCE,该M2接口建立请求消息中携带上述指示信息。The second base station sends an M2 interface setup request message (M2setup request) to the MCE through the M2 interface, where the M2 interface setup request message carries the indication information.
MCE在接收到第二基站发送的M2接口建立请求消息后,向第二基站发送M2接口建立响应消息(M2setup response),并将M2接口建立请求消息中的指示信息携带在MBMS调度信息(MBMS scheduling information)发送给第一基站。第一基站在接收到该MBMS调度信息后,读取该MBMS调度信息中的指示信息,以获知第二MBSFN区域当前正在广播的业务类型,并向MCE发送MBMS调度信息响应(MBMS scheduling information response)。After receiving the M2 interface setup request message sent by the second base station, the MCE sends an M2 interface setup response message (M2setup response) to the second base station, and carries the indication information in the M2 interface setup request message in the MBMS scheduling information (MBMS scheduling). Information) is sent to the first base station. After receiving the MBMS scheduling information, the first base station reads the indication information in the MBMS scheduling information to learn the service type currently being broadcast in the second MBSFN area, and sends an MBMS scheduling information response to the MCE. .
当UE从第一MBSFN区域移动至其他的MBSFN区域的过程中,若第一基站确定当前UE不能在第一MBSFN区域的广播频率上接收到所述第一MBMS业务或者接收到广播第一MBMS业务的第一基站的信号强度很弱时,且第一基站根据上述指示信息获知第二MBSFN区域当前广播的业务为第一 MBMS业务,第一基站就可以根据上述指示信息将UE从UE当前所处的MBSFN区域的基站切换至第二MBSFN区域中的基站上,以使UE在所述第二MBSFN区域上继续接收第一MBMS业务,从而使得UE在移动过程中可以连续接收第一MBMS业务。When the UE moves from the first MBSFN area to another MBSFN area, if the first base station determines that the current UE cannot receive the first MBMS service on the broadcast frequency of the first MBSFN area or receives the broadcast first MBMS service When the signal strength of the first base station is weak, the first base station learns that the service currently broadcast in the second MBSFN area is the first according to the indication information. The MBMS service, the first base station may switch the UE from the base station of the MBSFN area where the UE is currently located to the base station in the second MBSFN area according to the foregoing indication information, so that the UE continues to receive the first on the second MBSFN area. The MBMS service enables the UE to continuously receive the first MBMS service during the mobile process.
可选的,上述第一基站可以通过指示信息中携带的第二MBSFN区域当前广播的业务的TMGI来确定第二MBSFN区域当前广播的业务是否为第一MBMS业务,即第一基站可以通过将该业务的TMGI与自身所广播的第一MBMS业务的TMGI进行对比,确定第二MBSFN区域当前广播的业务为第一MBMS业务。Optionally, the first base station may determine, by using a TMGI of the service currently broadcasted by the second MBSFN area that is carried in the information, whether the current broadcast service of the second MBSFN area is the first MBMS service, that is, the first base station may The TMGI of the service is compared with the TMGI of the first MBMS service broadcasted by itself, and the service currently broadcasted in the second MBSFN area is determined to be the first MBMS service.
在上述实施例的基础上,作为本发明实施例的第四种可能的实施方式,本实施例涉及的是第一基站接收第二基站通过网元设备发送的指示信息的具体过程,该网元设备包括第一MCE、第二MCE、第一移动性管理网元(MobilityManagement Entity,以下简称MME)和第二MME,可以参见图5所示的网络拓扑示意图,图5中,第一MCE调度管理第一基站,第二MCE调度管理第二基站,且第一MME管理第一MCE,第二MME管理第二MCE。可选的,图5中的第一MME和第二MME也可以为同一个MME,即本实施例也适用于第一MCE和第二MCE由同一个MME管理的场景。下述技术方案以第一MME管理第一MCE,第二MME管理第二MCE的场景为例来进行说明。On the basis of the foregoing embodiment, as a fourth possible implementation manner of the embodiment of the present invention, the embodiment relates to a specific process for the first base station to receive the indication information sent by the second base station by using the network element device, where the network element The device includes a first MCE, a second MCE, a first Mobility Management Entity (MME), and a second MME. See the network topology diagram shown in FIG. 5, and the first MCE scheduling management in FIG. The first base station, the second MCE schedules management of the second base station, and the first MME manages the first MCE, and the second MME manages the second MCE. Optionally, the first MME and the second MME in FIG. 5 may also be the same MME, that is, the embodiment is also applicable to a scenario in which the first MCE and the second MCE are managed by the same MME. The following technical solution is described by taking a scenario in which the first MME manages the first MCE and the second MME manages the second MCE.
进一步地,上述S101具体包括:第一基站接收所述第二基站通过所述第一MCE发送的MBMS调度信息;其中,所述MBMS调度信息为所述第一MCE根据接收到的所述第一MME发送的M3接口重置消息发送给所述第一基站的,所述M3接口重置消息为所述第一MME根据接收到的所述第二MME发送的所述指示信息发送给所述第一MCE的,所述指示信息为所述第二MME根据接收到的所述第二MCE发送的M3接口建立请求消息发送给所述第一MME的,所述M3接口建立请求消息为所述第二MCE根据接收到的所述第二基站发送的M2接口建立请求消息发送给所述第二MME的;所述M2接口建立请求消息、所述M3接口建立请求消息、所述M3接口重置消息和所述MBMS调度信息中均携带所述指示信息。Further, the foregoing S101 specifically includes: the first base station receives the MBMS scheduling information that is sent by the second base station by using the first MCE, where the MBMS scheduling information is the first MCE according to the received first The M3 interface reset message sent by the MME is sent to the first base station, and the M3 interface reset message is sent by the first MME according to the received indication information sent by the second MME to the first MME. In the MCE, the indication information is sent by the second MME to the first MME according to the received M3 interface setup request message sent by the second MCE, where the M3 interface setup request message is the And sending, by the second MCE, the M2 interface setup request message sent by the second base station to the second MME, the M2 interface setup request message, the M3 interface setup request message, and the M3 interface reset message. And the indication information is carried in both the MBMS scheduling information.
具体的,当第一基站和第二基站由不同的MCE进行调度管理时,第一基 站和第二基站可以通过不同的MCE进行互通;当两个MCE由不同的MME管理时,两个不同的MCE可以通过MME进行互通。本实施例中,基站与MCE之间可以通过M2接口进行交互,MCE与MME之间可以通过M3接口进行交互,两个不同的MME之间可以通过S10接口交互。Specifically, when the first base station and the second base station are scheduled and managed by different MCEs, the first base The station and the second base station can communicate with each other through different MCEs. When two MCEs are managed by different MMEs, two different MCEs can communicate with each other through the MME. In this embodiment, the MeNB can interact with the MCE through the M2 interface, and the MCE and the MME can interact with each other through the M3 interface. The two different MMEs can interact with each other through the S10 interface.
第二基站通过M2接口将M2接口建立请求消息(M2setup request)发送给第二MCE,该M2接口建立请求消息中携带上述指示信息。第二MCE在接收到第二基站发送的M2接口建立请求消息后,向第二基站发送M2接口建立响应消息(M2setup response),并将M2接口建立请求消息中的指示信息携带在M3接口建立请求消息(M3setup request)中发送给第二MME。The second base station sends the M2 interface setup request message (M2setup request) to the second MCE through the M2 interface, where the M2 interface setup request message carries the indication information. After receiving the M2 interface setup request message sent by the second base station, the second MCE sends an M2 interface setup response message (M2setup response) to the second base station, and carries the indication information in the M2 interface setup request message to the M3 interface setup request. The message is sent to the second MME in the message (M3setup request).
第二MME在收到第二MCE发送的M3接口建立请求消息后,读取其中的指示信息,并向第二MCE发送M3接口建立响应消息(M3setup response)。第二MME将所读取的指示信息通过与第一MME之间的S10接口发送给第一MME。After receiving the M3 interface setup request message sent by the second MCE, the second MME reads the indication information therein, and sends an M3 interface setup response message (M3setup response) to the second MCE. The second MME sends the read indication information to the first MME through an S10 interface with the first MME.
第一MME将接收到的指示信息携带在M3接口重置消息(M3RESET)中发送给第一MCE,第一MCE在接收到M3接口重置消息后,向第一MME发送M3接口重置确认消息(M3RESET ACKNOWLEDGE)。第一MCE读取M3接口重置消息中的指示信息,并将该指示信息携带在MBMS调度信息中发送给第一基站。The first MME sends the received indication information to the first MCE in the M3 interface reset message (M3RESET), and after receiving the M3 interface reset message, the first MCE sends an M3 interface reset confirmation message to the first MME. (M3RESET ACKNOWLEDGE). The first MCE reads the indication information in the M3 interface reset message, and carries the indication information in the MBMS scheduling information and sends the indication information to the first base station.
第一基站在接收到该MBMS调度信息后,读取该MBMS调度信息中的指示信息,以获知第二MBSFN区域当前正在广播的业务的业务类型,并向第一MCE发送MBMS调度信息响应(MBMS scheduling information response)。After receiving the MBMS scheduling information, the first base station reads the indication information in the MBMS scheduling information to learn the service type of the service currently being broadcast in the second MBSFN area, and sends an MBMS scheduling information response (MBMS) to the first MCE. Scheduling information response).
当UE从第一MBSFN区域移动至其他的MBSFN区域的过程中,若第一基站确定当前UE不能在第一MBSFN区域的广播频率上接收到所述第一MBMS业务或者接收到广播第一MBMS业务的第一基站的信号强度很弱时,且第一基站根据上述指示信息获知第二MBSFN区域当前广播的业务为第一MBMS业务,第一基站就可以根据上述指示信息将UE从UE当前所处的MBSFN区域的基站切换至第二MBSFN区域中的基站上,以使UE在所述第二MBSFN区域上继续接收第一MBMS业务,从而使得UE在移动过程中可以连续接收第一MBMS业务。 When the UE moves from the first MBSFN area to another MBSFN area, if the first base station determines that the current UE cannot receive the first MBMS service on the broadcast frequency of the first MBSFN area or receives the broadcast first MBMS service When the signal strength of the first base station is weak, and the first base station learns that the service currently broadcasted by the second MBSFN area is the first MBMS service, the first base station may present the UE from the UE according to the indication information. The base station of the MBSFN area is handed over to the base station in the second MBSFN area, so that the UE continues to receive the first MBMS service on the second MBSFN area, so that the UE can continuously receive the first MBMS service during the mobile process.
可选的,上述第一基站可以通过指示信息中携带的第二MBSFN区域当前广播的业务的TMGI来确定第二MBSFN区域当前广播的业务是否为第一MBMS业务,即第一基站可以通过将该业务的TMGI与自身所广播的第一MBMS业务的TMGI进行对比,确定第二MBSFN区域当前广播的业务为第一MBMS业务。。Optionally, the first base station may determine, by using a TMGI of the service currently broadcasted by the second MBSFN area that is carried in the information, whether the current broadcast service of the second MBSFN area is the first MBMS service, that is, the first base station may The TMGI of the service is compared with the TMGI of the first MBMS service broadcasted by itself, and the service currently broadcasted in the second MBSFN area is determined to be the first MBMS service. .
本发明实施例提供的保持业务连续的方法,通过第一基站接收第二基站发送的用于指示第二MBSFN区域当前广播的业务为第一MBMS业务的指示信息,若第一基站确定UE离开第一基站服务的第一MBSFN区时,第一基站根据该指示信息将用户设备从当前MBSFN区域的基站切换至第二MBSFN区域,以使UE在第二MBSFN区域上继续接收第一MBMS业务,从而使得UE在移动过程中可以连续接收MBMS业务,保证了业务的连续性。The method for maintaining the continuity of the service provided by the embodiment of the present invention, the first base station receives the indication information that is sent by the second base station to indicate that the service currently broadcasted in the second MBSFN area is the first MBMS service, and if the first base station determines that the UE leaves the When the first MBSFN area is served by the base station, the first base station switches the user equipment from the base station of the current MBSFN area to the second MBSFN area according to the indication information, so that the UE continues to receive the first MBMS service on the second MBSFN area, thereby The UE can continuously receive the MBMS service during the mobile process, ensuring the continuity of the service.
本发明实施例二提供一种保持业务连续的方法。本发明实施例涉及的是UE在MBSFN区域间移动过程中,第一基站保证UE接收第一MBMS业务连续性的具体过程。该方法包括:服务第二组播广播单频网MBSFN区域的第二基站向服务第一MBSFN区域的第一基站发送指示信息;其中,所述第一基站当前向用户设备广播所述第一MBMS业务,所述指示信息用于指示所述第二MBSFN区域当前广播的业务为第一MBMS业务。Embodiment 2 of the present invention provides a method for maintaining business continuity. The embodiment of the invention relates to a specific process for the first base station to ensure that the UE receives the continuity of the first MBMS service during the MBSFN inter-area movement. The method includes: transmitting, by the second base station serving the second multicast broadcast single frequency network MBSFN area, the indication information to the first base station serving the first MBSFN area; wherein the first base station currently broadcasts the first MBMS to the user equipment The service, the indication information is used to indicate that the service currently broadcast by the second MBSFN area is the first MBMS service.
具体的,当第二MBSFN区域开始广播第一MBMS业务时,第二MBSFN区域通过第二基站向第一基站发送指示信息,即通过该指示信息向第一基站指示MBSFN区域当前广播的业务是第一MBMS业务。需要说明的是,第二MBSFN区域内的基站广播第一MBMS业务,可以是第二MBSFN区域内的第二基站广播第一MBMS业务,也可以是第二MBSFN区域内除第二基站外的其他基站广播第一MBMS业务;也就是说只要第二MBSFN区域上有MBMS业务开始广播,第二MBSFN区域都会通过第二基站向第一基站发送指示信息,以向第一基站指示第二MBSFN区域当前广播的MBMS业务类型。另外,该第二基站是第一基站的邻区基站,第二基站可以为一个,也可以为多个,因此,上述指示信息可以为一个,也可以为多个。也就是说,第一基站可能有多个不同的邻区基站。Specifically, when the second MBSFN area starts to broadcast the first MBMS service, the second MBSFN area sends the indication information to the first base station by using the second base station, that is, the indication information is used to indicate to the first base station that the current broadcast service of the MBSFN area is the first An MBMS service. It should be noted that the base station in the second MBSFN area broadcasts the first MBMS service, and the second base station in the second MBSFN area may broadcast the first MBMS service, or may be other than the second base station in the second MBSFN area. The base station broadcasts the first MBMS service; that is, as long as the MBMS service starts broadcasting in the second MBSFN area, the second MBSFN area sends the indication information to the first base station by using the second base station to indicate to the first base station that the second MBSFN area is currently The type of MBMS service broadcast. In addition, the second base station is a neighboring base station of the first base station, and the second base station may be one or more. Therefore, the indication information may be one or multiple. That is, the first base station may have multiple different neighbor base stations.
第一基站在接收到第二基站发送的指示信息后,第一基站根据该指示信 息确定第二MBSFN区域当前广播的是第一MBMS业务,则第一基站将该指示信息进行记录或暂存。当第一MBSFN区域内的UE离开第一MBSFN区域时(这里的离开第一MBSFN区域可以为UE移动到除第一MBSFN区域之外的任何MBSFN区域,还可以为UE移动至第一MBSFN区域的边缘区域),此时UE无法接收到第一基站广播的第一MBMS业务或接收到的广播第一MBMS业务的第一基站的信号强度很弱,第一基站会根据该指示信息将UE切换至当前正在广播第一MBMS业务的第二MBSFN区域上,以保证UE接收第一MBMS业务连续。可选的,当第二基站当前正在广播第一MBMS业务时,第一基站可以根据指示信息将UE切换至第二基站上;可选的,当第二MBSFN区域内还有其他基站当前正在广播第一MBMS业务,则第一基站可以根据第二基站发送的指示信息将UE切换至第二MBSFN区域内正在广播第一MBMS业务的其他基站上。具体可以参见上述图6所示的实施例描述,在此不再赘述。After receiving the indication information sent by the second base station, the first base station according to the indication signal It is determined that the second MBSFN area currently broadcasts the first MBMS service, and the first base station records or temporarily stores the indication information. When the UE in the first MBSFN area leaves the first MBSFN area (where the leaving the first MBSFN area may move the UE to any MBSFN area except the first MBSFN area, the UE may also move to the first MBSFN area. In the edge area, the UE may not receive the first MBMS service broadcast by the first base station or the first base station that broadcasts the first MBMS service is weak, and the first base station may switch the UE to the indication according to the indication information. The second MBSFN area of the first MBMS service is currently being broadcasted to ensure that the UE receives the first MBMS service continuity. Optionally, when the second base station is currently broadcasting the first MBMS service, the first base station may switch the UE to the second base station according to the indication information; optionally, when other base stations in the second MBSFN area are currently broadcasting, For the first MBMS service, the first base station may switch the UE to other base stations in the second MBSFN area that are broadcasting the first MBMS service according to the indication information sent by the second base station. For details, refer to the description of the embodiment shown in FIG. 6 above, and details are not described herein again.
本发明实施例提供的保持业务连续的方法,通过第二基站向第一基站发送用于指示第二MBSFN区域当前广播的业务为第一MBMS业务的指示信息,若第一基站确定UE离开第一基站服务的第一MBSFN区域时,第一基站根据该指示信息将用户设备从当前MBSFN区域的基站切换至第二MBSFN区域,以使UE在所述第二MBSFN区域上继续接收第一MBMS业务,从而使得UE在移动过程中可以连续接收第一MBMS业务,保证了业务的连续性。The method for maintaining the continuity of the service provided by the embodiment of the present invention, the second base station sends, to the first base station, indication information for indicating that the service currently broadcasted by the second MBSFN area is the first MBMS service, if the first base station determines that the UE leaves the first When the first MBSFN area is served by the base station, the first base station switches the user equipment from the base station of the current MBSFN area to the second MBSFN area according to the indication information, so that the UE continues to receive the first MBMS service on the second MBSFN area. Therefore, the UE can continuously receive the first MBMS service during the mobile process, thereby ensuring continuity of the service.
进一步地,上述指示信息可以包括第二MBSFN区域当前广播的业务的业务信息,和第二基站的标识或第二基站的第二系统频率。Further, the foregoing indication information may include service information of a service currently broadcast by the second MBSFN area, and an identifier of the second base station or a second system frequency of the second base station.
可选的,当上述指示信息为第二MBSFN区域当前广播的业务的业务信息和所述第二基站的标识时,第一基站在确定UE离开第一MBSFN区域时,根据该指示信息将UE切换至第二基站,也就是说第二MBSFN区域内的第二基站当前正在广播第一MBMS业务。需要说明的是,即使第二MBSFN区域内的其他基站当前也正在广播第一MBMS业务,第一基站仍然根据第二基站的标识将UE切换至第二基站。该第二基站的标识可以为第二基站对应的SAI,还可以是第二基站的其他标识,只要第一基站能够根据该标识识别出第二基站即可。Optionally, when the indication information is the service information of the service currently broadcasted by the second MBSFN area and the identifier of the second base station, the first base station, when determining that the UE leaves the first MBSFN area, switches the UE according to the indication information. To the second base station, that is to say the second base station in the second MBSFN area is currently broadcasting the first MBMS service. It should be noted that, even if other base stations in the second MBSFN area are currently broadcasting the first MBMS service, the first base station still switches the UE to the second base station according to the identifier of the second base station. The identifier of the second base station may be the SAI corresponding to the second base station, and may be other identifiers of the second base station, as long as the first base station can identify the second base station according to the identifier.
可选的,当上述指示信息为第二MBSFN区域当前广播的业务的业务信 息和第二基站的第二系统频率时,第一基站在确定UE离开第一MBSFN区域时,根据该指示信息和第一基站的配置信息(例如第一基站的第一系统频率)在第二MBSFN区域内选择合适的目标基站(该目标基站当前正在广播第一MBMS业务)将UE切换至第二MBSFN区域中的目标基站。需要说明的是,即使当前第二基站上也正在广播第一MBSFN业务,第一基站仍然会将选择合适的目标基站进行切换。当然,如果第一基站确定的目标基站是第二基站,则第一基站就将UE切换至第二基站上。Optionally, when the foregoing indication information is a service letter of a service currently broadcast in the second MBSFN area And the second base station frequency of the second base station, when determining that the UE leaves the first MBSFN area, according to the indication information and configuration information of the first base station (for example, the first system frequency of the first base station) is in the second Selecting a suitable target base station in the MBSFN area (the target base station is currently broadcasting the first MBMS service) switches the UE to the target base station in the second MBSFN area. It should be noted that even if the first MBSFN service is being broadcasted on the current second base station, the first base station will still select the appropriate target base station to perform handover. Of course, if the target base station determined by the first base station is the second base station, the first base station switches the UE to the second base station.
需要说明的是,上述指示信息中所包括的第二MBSFN区域当前广播的业务的业务信息可以为该业务的TMGI,还可以为该业务的属性信息,还可以为该业务的其他标识,只要第一基站能够根据该业务信息识别出该业务的业务类型即可。It should be noted that the service information of the service currently broadcasted by the second MBSFN area included in the foregoing indication information may be the TMGI of the service, the attribute information of the service, or other identifiers of the service, as long as the A base station can identify the service type of the service according to the service information.
在上述实施例的基础上,作为本发明实施例的一种可能的实施方式,本实施例涉及的是第二基站将指示信息携带在基站配置更新请求消息中发送给第一基站的过程。进一步地,上述第二基站向第一基站发送指示信息,具体可以包括:第二基站向所述第一基站发送基站配置更新请求消息,所述基站配置更新请求消息中携带所述指示信息。On the basis of the above-mentioned embodiments, as a possible implementation manner of the embodiment of the present invention, the embodiment relates to a process in which the second base station carries the indication information in the base station configuration update request message and sends the information to the first base station. Further, the sending, by the second base station, the indication information to the first base station may include: the second base station sending a base station configuration update request message to the first base station, where the base station configuration update request message carries the indication information.
具体的,第二基站通过X2接口与第一基站进行互通,即第二基站通过X2接口将基站配置更新请求消息(eNB configuration update request)发送给第一基站,该基站配置更新请求消息中携带上述指示信息。Specifically, the second base station communicates with the first base station by using the X2 interface, that is, the second base station sends an eNB configuration update request message to the first base station by using the X2 interface, where the base station configuration update request message carries the foregoing Instructions.
第一基站在接收到第二基站发送的基站配置更新请求消息后,向第二基站发送基站配置更新响应消息(eNB configuration update)。当UE从第一MBSFN区域移动至其他的MBSFN区域的过程中,若第一基站确定当前UE不能在第一MBSFN区域的广播频率上接收到所述第一MBMS业务或者接收到广播第一MBMS业务的第一基站的信号强度很弱时,且第一基站根据上述指示信息获知第二MBSFN区域当前广播的业务为第一MBMS业务,第一基站就可以根据上述指示信息将UE从UE当前所处的MBSFN区域的基站切换至第二MBSFN区域中的基站上,以使UE在所述第二MBSFN区域上继续接收第一MBMS业务,从而使得UE在移动过程中可以连续接收第一MBMS业务。 After receiving the base station configuration update request message sent by the second base station, the first base station sends a base station configuration update response message (eNB configuration update) to the second base station. When the UE moves from the first MBSFN area to another MBSFN area, if the first base station determines that the current UE cannot receive the first MBMS service on the broadcast frequency of the first MBSFN area or receives the broadcast first MBMS service When the signal strength of the first base station is weak, and the first base station learns that the service currently broadcasted by the second MBSFN area is the first MBMS service, the first base station may present the UE from the UE according to the indication information. The base station of the MBSFN area is handed over to the base station in the second MBSFN area, so that the UE continues to receive the first MBMS service on the second MBSFN area, so that the UE can continuously receive the first MBMS service during the mobile process.
在上述实施例的基础上,作为本发明实施例的另一种可能的实施方式,本实施例涉及的是第二基站将指示信息携带在X2接口修改请求消息中发送给第一基站的过程。进一步地,上述第二基站向第一基站发送指示信息,具体可以包括:第二基站向所述第一基站发送X2接口请求消息,所述X2接口请求消息中携带所述指示信息。On the basis of the foregoing embodiment, as another possible implementation manner of the embodiment of the present invention, the embodiment relates to a process in which the second base station carries the indication information in the X2 interface modification request message and sends the information to the first base station. Further, the sending, by the second base station, the indication information to the first base station may include: the second base station sending an X2 interface request message to the first base station, where the X2 interface request message carries the indication information.
具体的,第二基站通过X2接口与第一基站进行互通,即第二基站通过X2接口将X2接口修改请求消息(X2modify request)发送给第一基站,该X2接口修改请求消息中携带上述指示信息。Specifically, the second base station communicates with the first base station by using the X2 interface, that is, the second base station sends an X2 interface modification request message (X2modify request) to the first base station by using the X2 interface, where the X2 interface modification request message carries the indication information. .
第一基站在接收到第二基站发送的X2接口修改请求消息后,向第二基站发送X2修改响应消息(X2modify response)。当UE从第一MBSFN区域移动至其他的MBSFN区域的过程中,若第一基站确定当前UE不能在第一MBSFN区域的广播频率上接收到所述第一MBMS业务或者接收到广播第一MBMS业务的第一基站的信号强度很弱时,且第一基站根据上述指示信息获知第二MBSFN区域当前广播的业务为第一MBMS业务,第一基站就可以根据上述指示信息将UE从UE当前所处的MBSFN区域的基站切换至第二MBSFN区域中的基站上,以使UE在所述第二MBSFN区域上继续接收第一MBMS业务,从而使得UE在移动过程中可以连续接收第一MBMS业务。After receiving the X2 interface modification request message sent by the second base station, the first base station sends an X2 modify response message to the second base station. When the UE moves from the first MBSFN area to another MBSFN area, if the first base station determines that the current UE cannot receive the first MBMS service on the broadcast frequency of the first MBSFN area or receives the broadcast first MBMS service When the signal strength of the first base station is weak, and the first base station learns that the service currently broadcasted by the second MBSFN area is the first MBMS service, the first base station may present the UE from the UE according to the indication information. The base station of the MBSFN area is handed over to the base station in the second MBSFN area, so that the UE continues to receive the first MBMS service on the second MBSFN area, so that the UE can continuously receive the first MBMS service during the mobile process.
在上述实施例的基础上,作为本发明实施例的第三种可能的实施方式,本实施例涉及的是第二基站通过网元设备将指示信息发送给第一基站的具体过程。该网元设备可以为共同管理第一基站和第二基站的MCE,可以参见图4所示的网络拓扑图。进一步地,上述第二基站向第一基站发送指示信息,具体可以包括:第二基站通过所述MCE向所述第一基站发送MBMS调度信息,其中,所述MBMS调度信息为所述MCE根据接收到的所述第二基站发送的M2接口建立请求消息发送给所述第一基站的;其中,所述M2接口建立请求消息和所述MBMS调度信息中均携带所述指示信息。On the basis of the foregoing embodiment, as a third possible implementation manner of the embodiment of the present invention, the embodiment relates to a specific process in which the second base station sends the indication information to the first base station by using the network element device. The network element device may be an MCE that jointly manages the first base station and the second base station. For example, refer to the network topology diagram shown in FIG. 4. Further, the sending, by the second base station, the indication information to the first base station may include: the second base station sending the MBMS scheduling information to the first base station by using the MCE, where the MBMS scheduling information is the MCE according to the receiving And sending, by the second base station, an M2 interface setup request message to the first base station, where the M2 interface setup request message and the MBMS scheduling information both carry the indication information.
具体的,当第一基站和第二基站由同一个MCE进行调度管理时,第一基站和第二基站可以通过MCE进行互通,即可以通过基站与MCE之间的M2接口进行互通。 Specifically, when the first base station and the second base station are scheduled and managed by the same MCE, the first base station and the second base station can communicate with each other through the MCE, that is, the M2 interface between the base station and the MCE can communicate with each other.
第二基站通过M2接口将M2接口建立请求消息(M2setup request)发送给MCE,该M2接口建立请求消息中携带上述指示信息。MCE在接收到第二基站发送的M2接口建立请求消息后,向第二基站发送M2接口建立响应消息(M2setup response),并将M2接口建立请求消息中的指示信息携带在MBMS调度信息(MBMS scheduling information)发送给第一基站。第一基站在接收到该MBMS调度信息后,读取该MBMS调度信息中的指示信息,以获知第二MBSFN区域当前正在广播的业务类型,并向MCE发送MBMS调度信息响应(MBMS scheduling information response)。The second base station sends an M2 interface setup request message (M2setup request) to the MCE through the M2 interface, where the M2 interface setup request message carries the indication information. After receiving the M2 interface setup request message sent by the second base station, the MCE sends an M2 interface setup response message (M2setup response) to the second base station, and carries the indication information in the M2 interface setup request message in the MBMS scheduling information (MBMS scheduling). Information) is sent to the first base station. After receiving the MBMS scheduling information, the first base station reads the indication information in the MBMS scheduling information to learn the service type currently being broadcast in the second MBSFN area, and sends an MBMS scheduling information response to the MCE. .
当UE从第一MBSFN区域移动至其他的MBSFN区域的过程中,若第一基站确定当前不能在第一MBSFN区域的广播频率上接收到所述第一MBMS业务或者接收到广播第一MBMS业务的第一基站的信号强度很弱时,且第一基站根据上述指示信息获知第二MBSFN区域当前广播的业务为第一MBMS业务,第一基站就可以根据上述指示信息将UE从UE当前所处的MBSFN区域的基站切换至第二MBSFN区域中的基站上,以使UE在所述第二MBSFN区域上继续接收第一MBMS业务,从而使得UE在移动过程中可以连续接收第一MBMS业务。When the UE moves from the first MBSFN area to another MBSFN area, if the first base station determines that the first MBMS service cannot be received on the broadcast frequency of the first MBSFN area or receives the first MBMS service, When the signal strength of the first base station is weak, and the first base station learns that the service currently broadcasted by the second MBSFN area is the first MBMS service according to the indication information, the first base station may, according to the indication information, the UE is currently located by the UE. The base station of the MBSFN area is handed over to the base station in the second MBSFN area, so that the UE continues to receive the first MBMS service on the second MBSFN area, so that the UE can continuously receive the first MBMS service during the mobile process.
在上述实施例的基础上,作为本发明实施例的第四种可能的实施方式,本实施例涉及的是第二基站通过网元设备将指示信息发送给第一基站的具体过程。该网元设备包括第一MCE、第二MCE、第一MME和第二MME,可以参见上述图5所示的网络拓扑示意图。下述技术方案以第一MME管理第一MCE,第二MME管理第二MCE的场景为例来进行说明。On the basis of the foregoing embodiment, as a fourth possible implementation manner of the embodiment of the present invention, the embodiment relates to a specific process in which the second base station sends the indication information to the first base station by using the network element device. The network element device includes a first MCE, a second MCE, a first MME, and a second MME. For example, refer to the network topology diagram shown in FIG. 5 above. The following technical solution is described by taking a scenario in which the first MME manages the first MCE and the second MME manages the second MCE.
进一步地,上述第二基站向第一基站发送指示信息,具体可以包括:第二基站通过所述第一MCE向所述第一基站发送MBMS调度信息;其中,所述MBMS调度信息为所述第一MCE根据接收到的所述第一MME发送的M3接口重置消息发送给所述第一基站的,所述M3接口重置消息为所述第一MME根据接收到的所述第二MME发送的所述指示信息发送给所述第一MCE的,所述指示信息为所述第二MME根据接收到的所述第二MCE发送的M3接口建立请求消息发送给所述第一MME的,所述M3接口建立请求消息为所述第二MCE根据接收到的所述第二基站发送的M2接口建立请求消息 发送给所述第二MME的;所述M2接口建立请求消息、所述M3接口建立请求消息、所述M3接口重置消息和所述MBMS调度信息中均携带所述指示信息。Further, the sending, by the second base station, the indication information to the first base station may include: sending, by the second base station, the MBMS scheduling information to the first base station by using the first MCE, where the MBMS scheduling information is the An MCE sends the M3 interface reset message sent by the first MME to the first base station, where the M3 interface reset message is sent by the first MME according to the received second MME. The indication information is sent to the first MCE, and the indication information is sent by the second MME to the first MME according to the received M3 interface setup request message sent by the second MCE. The M3 interface setup request message is sent by the second MCE according to the received M2 interface setup request message sent by the second base station. The M2 interface setup request message, the M3 interface setup request message, the M3 interface reset message, and the MBMS scheduling information are all sent to the second MME.
具体的,当第一基站和第二基站由不同的MCE进行调度管理时,第一基站和第二基站可以通过不同的MCE进行互通;当两个MCE由不同的MME管理时,两个不同的MCE可以通过MME进行互通。本实施例中,基站与MCE之间可以通过M2接口进行交互,MCE与MME之间可以通过M3接口进行交互,两个不同的MME之间可以通过S10接口交互。Specifically, when the first base station and the second base station are scheduled and managed by different MCEs, the first base station and the second base station can communicate with each other through different MCEs; when two MCEs are managed by different MMEs, two different The MCE can communicate with each other through the MME. In this embodiment, the MeNB can interact with the MCE through the M2 interface, and the MCE and the MME can interact with each other through the M3 interface. The two different MMEs can interact with each other through the S10 interface.
第二基站通过M2接口将M2接口建立请求消息(M2setup request)发送给第二MCE,该M2接口建立请求消息中携带上述指示信息。第二MCE在接收到第二基站发送的M2接口建立请求消息后,向第二基站发送M2接口建立响应消息(M2setup response),并将M2接口建立请求消息中的指示信息携带在M3接口建立请求消息(M3setup request)中发送给第二MME。The second base station sends the M2 interface setup request message (M2setup request) to the second MCE through the M2 interface, where the M2 interface setup request message carries the indication information. After receiving the M2 interface setup request message sent by the second base station, the second MCE sends an M2 interface setup response message (M2setup response) to the second base station, and carries the indication information in the M2 interface setup request message to the M3 interface setup request. The message is sent to the second MME in the message (M3setup request).
第二MME在收到第二MCE发送的M3接口建立请求消息后,读取其中的指示信息,并向第二MCE发送M3接口建立响应消息(M3setup response)。第二MME将所读取的指示信息通过与第一MME之间的S10接口发送给第一MME。After receiving the M3 interface setup request message sent by the second MCE, the second MME reads the indication information therein, and sends an M3 interface setup response message (M3setup response) to the second MCE. The second MME sends the read indication information to the first MME through an S10 interface with the first MME.
第一MME将接收到的指示信息携带在M3接口重置消息(M3RESET)中发送给第一MCE,第一MCE在接收到M3接口重置消息后,向第一MME发送M3接口重置确认消息(M3RESET ACKNOWLEDGE)。第一MCE读取M3接口重置消息中的指示信息,并将该指示信息携带在MBMS调度信息中发送给第一基站。The first MME sends the received indication information to the first MCE in the M3 interface reset message (M3RESET), and after receiving the M3 interface reset message, the first MCE sends an M3 interface reset confirmation message to the first MME. (M3RESET ACKNOWLEDGE). The first MCE reads the indication information in the M3 interface reset message, and carries the indication information in the MBMS scheduling information and sends the indication information to the first base station.
第一基站在接收到该MBMS调度信息后,读取该MBMS调度信息中的指示信息,以获知第二MBSFN区域当前正在广播的业务类型,并向MCE发送MBMS调度信息响应(MBMS scheduling information response)。After receiving the MBMS scheduling information, the first base station reads the indication information in the MBMS scheduling information to learn the service type currently being broadcast in the second MBSFN area, and sends an MBMS scheduling information response to the MCE. .
当UE从第一MBSFN区域移动至其他的MBSFN区域的过程中,若第一基站确定当前UE不能在第一MBSFN区域的广播频率上接收到所述第一MBMS业务或者接收到广播第一MBMS业务的第一基站的信号强度很弱时,且第一基站根据上述指示信息获知第二MBSFN区域当前广播的业务为第一MBMS业务,第一基站就可以根据上述指示信息将UE从UE当前所处的 MBSFN区域的基站切换至第二MBSFN区域中的基站上,以使UE在所述第二MBSFN区域上继续接收第一MBMS业务,从而使得UE在移动过程中可以连续接收第一MBMS业务。When the UE moves from the first MBSFN area to another MBSFN area, if the first base station determines that the current UE cannot receive the first MBMS service on the broadcast frequency of the first MBSFN area or receives the broadcast first MBMS service When the signal strength of the first base station is weak, and the first base station learns that the service currently broadcasted by the second MBSFN area is the first MBMS service, the first base station may present the UE from the UE according to the indication information. of The base station of the MBSFN area is handed over to the base station in the second MBSFN area, so that the UE continues to receive the first MBMS service on the second MBSFN area, so that the UE can continuously receive the first MBMS service during the mobile process.
本发明实施例提供的保持业务连续的方法,通过第二基站向第二基站发送用于指示第二MBSFN区域当前广播的业务为第一MBMS业务的指示信息,若第一基站确定UE离开第一基站服务的第一MBSFN区域时,第一基站根据该指示信息将用户设备从当前MBSFN区域的基站切换至第二MBSFN区域,以使UE在所述第二MBSFN区域上继续接收第一MBMS业务,从而使得UE在移动过程中可以连续接收第一MBMS业务,保证了业务的连续性。The method for maintaining the continuity of the service provided by the embodiment of the present invention, the second base station sends, to the second base station, indication information indicating that the service currently broadcasted by the second MBSFN area is the first MBMS service, if the first base station determines that the UE leaves the first When the first MBSFN area is served by the base station, the first base station switches the user equipment from the base station of the current MBSFN area to the second MBSFN area according to the indication information, so that the UE continues to receive the first MBMS service on the second MBSFN area. Therefore, the UE can continuously receive the first MBMS service during the mobile process, thereby ensuring continuity of the service.
图7为本发明提供的保持业务连续的方法实施例三的信令流程图。如图7所示,该方法包括:FIG. 7 is a signaling flowchart of Embodiment 3 of a method for maintaining service continuity according to the present invention. As shown in FIG. 7, the method includes:
S201:第一基站向用户设备广播第一MBMS业务。S201: The first base station broadcasts the first MBMS service to the user equipment.
S202、第二基站向第一基站发送基站配置更新请求消息,所述基站配置更新请求消息中携带指示信息,所述指示信息用于指示所述第二MBSFN区域当前广播的业务为所述第一MBMS业务。S202. The second base station sends a base station configuration update request message to the first base station, where the base station configuration update request message carries the indication information, where the indication information is used to indicate that the service currently broadcasted by the second MBSFN area is the first MBMS business.
S203:第一基站向第二基站发送基站配置更新响应消息。S203: The first base station sends a base station configuration update response message to the second base station.
S204:当所述用户设备离开所述第一MBSFN区域时,第一基站根据所述指示信息将所述用户设备从当前MBSFN区域的基站切换至所述第二MBSFN区域,以使所述用户设备在所述第二MBSFN区域上接收所述第一MBMS业务。S204: When the user equipment leaves the first MBSFN area, the first base station switches the user equipment from the base station of the current MBSFN area to the second MBSFN area according to the indication information, so that the user equipment Receiving the first MBMS service on the second MBSFN area.
本发明实施例提供的方法,其具体实现过程可以参见上述图6所示实施例的第一种可能的实施方式,在此不再赘述。For the specific implementation of the method provided by the embodiment of the present invention, refer to the first possible implementation manner of the foregoing embodiment shown in FIG. 6 , and details are not described herein again.
图8为本发明提供的保持业务连续的方法实施例四的信令流程图。如图8所示,该方法包括:FIG. 8 is a signaling flowchart of Embodiment 4 of a method for maintaining service continuity according to the present invention. As shown in Figure 8, the method includes:
S301:第一基站向用户设备广播第一MBMS业务。S301: The first base station broadcasts the first MBMS service to the user equipment.
S302:第二基站向第一基站发送X2接口修改请求消息,所述X2接口修改请求消息中携带指示信息,所述指示信息用于指示所述第二MBSFN区域当前广播的业务为所述第一MBMS业务。 S302: The second base station sends an X2 interface modification request message to the first base station, where the X2 interface modification request message carries the indication information, where the indication information is used to indicate that the service currently broadcasted by the second MBSFN area is the first MBMS business.
S303:第一基站向第二基站发送X2修改响应消息。S303: The first base station sends an X2 modification response message to the second base station.
S304:当所述用户设备离开所述第一MBSFN区域时,第一基站根据所述指示信息将所述用户设备从当前MBSFN区域的基站切换至所述第二MBSFN区域,以使所述用户设备在所述第二MBSFN区域上接收所述第一MBMS业务。S304: When the user equipment leaves the first MBSFN area, the first base station switches the user equipment from the base station of the current MBSFN area to the second MBSFN area according to the indication information, so that the user equipment Receiving the first MBMS service on the second MBSFN area.
本发明实施例提供的方法,其具体实现过程可以参见上述图6所示实施例的第二种可能的实施方式,在此不再赘述。For the specific implementation of the method provided by the embodiment of the present invention, refer to the second possible implementation manner of the foregoing embodiment shown in FIG. 6 , and details are not described herein again.
图9为本发明提供的保持业务连续的方法实施例五的信令流程图。本实施例涉及的是第一基站接收第二基站通过网元设备发送的指示信息的具体过程,该网元设备为MCE,可以参见图4所示的网络拓扑示意图。如图9所示,该方法包括:FIG. 9 is a signaling flowchart of Embodiment 5 of a method for maintaining service continuity according to the present invention. The embodiment is related to the specific process of the first base station receiving the indication information sent by the second base station by using the network element device. The network element device is an MCE, and the network topology diagram shown in FIG. 4 can be referred to. As shown in FIG. 9, the method includes:
S401:第一基站向用户设备广播第一MBMS业务。S401: The first base station broadcasts the first MBMS service to the user equipment.
S402:第二基站向MCE发送M2接口建立请求消息,所述M2接口建立请求消息携带所述指示信息,所述指示信息用于指示所述第二MBSFN区域当前广播的业务为所述第一MBMS业务。S402: The second base station sends an M2 interface setup request message to the MCE, where the M2 interface setup request message carries the indication information, where the indication information is used to indicate that the service currently broadcasted by the second MBSFN area is the first MBMS. business.
S403:MCE向第二基站发送M2接口建立响应消息。S403: The MCE sends an M2 interface setup response message to the second base station.
S404:MCE向第一基站发送携带指示信息的MBMS调度信息,所述MBMS调度信息中携带所述指示信息。S404: The MCE sends the MBMS scheduling information that carries the indication information to the first base station, where the indication information is carried in the MBMS scheduling information.
S405:第一基站向MCE发送MBMS调度信息响应。S405: The first base station sends an MBMS scheduling information response to the MCE.
S406:当所述用户设备离开所述第一MBSFN区域时,第一基站根据所述指示信息将所述用户设备从当前MBSFN区域的基站切换至所述第二MBSFN区域,以使所述用户设备在所述第二MBSFN区域上接收所述第一MBMS业务。S406: When the user equipment leaves the first MBSFN area, the first base station switches the user equipment from the base station of the current MBSFN area to the second MBSFN area according to the indication information, so that the user equipment Receiving the first MBMS service on the second MBSFN area.
本发明实施例提供的方法,其具体实现过程可以参见上述图6所示实施例的第三种可能的实施方式,在此不再赘述。For the specific implementation of the method provided by the embodiment of the present invention, refer to the third possible implementation manner of the foregoing embodiment shown in FIG. 6 , and details are not described herein again.
图10为本发明提供的保持业务连续的方法实施例六的信令流程图。本实施例涉及的是第一基站接收第二基站通过网元设备发送的指示信息的具体过程,该网元设备包括第一MCE、第二MCE、第一MME和第二MME,可以 参见图5所示的网络拓扑示意图。如图10所示,该方法包括:FIG. 10 is a signaling flowchart of Embodiment 6 of a method for maintaining service continuity according to the present invention. The embodiment relates to a specific process of the first base station receiving the indication information sent by the second base station by using the network element device, where the network element device includes a first MCE, a second MCE, a first MME, and a second MME, where See the network topology diagram shown in Figure 5. As shown in FIG. 10, the method includes:
S501:第一基站向用户设备广播第一MBMS业务。S501: The first base station broadcasts the first MBMS service to the user equipment.
S502:第二基站向第二MCE发送M2接口建立请求消息,所述M2接口建立请求消息中携带指示信息,所述指示信息用于指示所述第二MBSFN区域当前广播的业务为所述第一MBMS业务。S502: The second base station sends an M2 interface setup request message to the second MCE, where the M2 interface setup request message carries the indication information, where the indication information is used to indicate that the service currently broadcasted by the second MBSFN area is the first MBMS business.
S503:第二MCE向第二基站发送M2接口建立响应消息。S503: The second MCE sends an M2 interface setup response message to the second base station.
S504:第二MCE向第二MME发送M3接口建立请求消息,所述M3接口建立请求消息中携带所述指示信息。S504: The second MCE sends an M3 interface setup request message to the second MME, where the M3 interface setup request message carries the indication information.
S505:第二MME向第二MCE发送M3接口建立响应消息。S505: The second MME sends an M3 interface setup response message to the second MCE.
S506:第二MME向第一MME发送所述指示信息。S506: The second MME sends the indication information to the first MME.
S507:第一MME向第一MCE发送携带所述指示信息的M3接口重置消息。S507: The first MME sends an M3 interface reset message that carries the indication information to the first MCE.
S508:第一MCE向第一MME发送M3接口重置确认消息。S508: The first MCE sends an M3 interface reset confirmation message to the first MME.
S509:第一MCE向第一基站发送MBMS调度信息,所述MBMS调度信息携带所述指示信息。S509: The first MCE sends MBMS scheduling information to the first base station, where the MBMS scheduling information carries the indication information.
S510:第一基站向第一MCE发送MBMS调度信息响应。S510: The first base station sends an MBMS scheduling information response to the first MCE.
S511:当所述用户设备离开所述第一MBSFN区域时,第一基站根据所述指示信息将所述用户设备从当前MBSFN区域的基站切换至所述第二MBSFN区域,以使所述用户设备在所述第二MBSFN区域上接收所述第一MBMS业务。S511: When the user equipment leaves the first MBSFN area, the first base station switches the user equipment from the base station of the current MBSFN area to the second MBSFN area according to the indication information, so that the user equipment Receiving the first MBMS service on the second MBSFN area.
本发明实施例提供的方法,其具体实现过程可以参见上述图6所示实施例的第四种可能的实施方式,在此不再赘述。For the implementation of the method provided by the embodiment of the present invention, refer to the fourth possible implementation manner of the foregoing embodiment shown in FIG. 6 , and details are not described herein again.
本领域普通技术人员可以理解:实现上述方法实施例的全部或部分步骤可以通过程序指令相关的硬件来完成,前述的程序可以存储于一计算机可读取存储介质中,该程序在执行时,执行包括上述方法实施例的步骤;而前述的存储介质包括:ROM、RAM、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。A person skilled in the art can understand that all or part of the steps of implementing the above method embodiments may be completed by using hardware related to the program instructions. The foregoing program may be stored in a computer readable storage medium, and the program is executed when executed. The foregoing steps include the steps of the foregoing method embodiments; and the foregoing storage medium includes: a medium that can store program codes, such as a ROM, a RAM, a magnetic disk, or an optical disk.
图11为本发明提供的基站实施例三的结构示意图。该基站可以为方法实施例中的第一基站,该基站可以包括:发送器20、接收器21和处理器22。FIG. 11 is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 3 of a base station according to the present invention. The base station may be the first base station in the method embodiment, and the base station may include: a transmitter 20, a receiver 21, and a processor 22.
其中,发送器20,用于向用户设备广播第一多媒体广播多播MBMS业 务;接收器21,用于接收服务第二MBSFN区域的第二基站发送的指示信息,其中,所述指示信息用于指示所述第二MBSFN区域当前广播的业务为所述第一MBMS业务;处理器22,用于当所述用户设备离开所述第一MBSFN区域时,根据所述指示信息将所述用户设备从当前MBSFN区域的基站切换至所述第二MBSFN区域,以使所述用户设备在所述第二MBSFN区域上接收所述第一MBMS业务。The transmitter 20 is configured to broadcast the first multimedia broadcast multicast MBMS service to the user equipment. The receiver 21 is configured to receive the indication information that is sent by the second base station that serves the second MBSFN area, where the indication information is used to indicate that the service currently broadcasted by the second MBSFN area is the first MBMS service; The processor 22 is configured to, when the user equipment leaves the first MBSFN area, switch the user equipment from a base station of a current MBSFN area to the second MBSFN area according to the indication information, so that the user The device receives the first MBMS service on the second MBSFN area.
本发明实施例提供的基站,可以执行上述方法实施例,其实现原理和技术效果类似,在此不再赘述。The base station provided by the embodiment of the present invention may perform the foregoing method embodiments, and the implementation principle and technical effects are similar, and details are not described herein again.
进一步地,上述处理器22,还用于在将所述用户设备从当前MBSFN区域切换至所述第二MBSFN区域之前,根据所述指示信息选择将所述用户设备切换至所述第二MBSFN区域。Further, the processor 22 is further configured to: switch the user equipment to the second MBSFN area according to the indication information, before the user equipment is switched from the current MBSFN area to the second MBSFN area. .
进一步地,上述接收器21,具体用于接收所述第二基站发送的基站配置更新请求消息,所述基站配置更新请求消息中携带所述指示信息,或者,具体用于接收所述第二基站发送的X2接口修改请求消息,所述X2接口修改请求消息中携带所述指示信息,或者,具体用于接收所述第二基站通过网元设备发送的指示信息。Further, the receiver 21 is configured to receive a base station configuration update request message sent by the second base station, where the base station configuration update request message carries the indication information, or is specifically used to receive the second base station. The sent X2 interface modifies the request message, where the X2 interface modification request message carries the indication information, or is specifically used to receive the indication information sent by the second base station by using the network element device.
可选的,若所述网元设备为多小区多播协调实体MCE,则上述接收器21,具体用于接收所述第二基站通过所述MCE发送的MBMS调度信息;其中,所述MBMS调度信息为所述MCE根据接收到的所述第二基站发送的M2接口建立请求消息发送给所述基站的,所述M2接口建立请求消息和所述MBMS调度信息中均携带所述指示信息。Optionally, if the network element device is a multi-cell multicast coordination entity (MCE), the receiver 21 is configured to receive MBMS scheduling information sent by the second base station by using the MCE, where the MBMS scheduling is performed. The information is sent by the MCE to the base station according to the received M2 interface setup request message sent by the second base station, where the M2 interface setup request message and the MBMS scheduling information both carry the indication information.
可选的,若网元设备包括第一多小区多播协调实体MCE、第二MCE、第一移动性管理网元MME和第二MME,则上述接收器21,具体用于接收所述第二基站通过所述第一MCE发送的MBMS调度信息;其中,所述MBMS调度信息为所述第一MCE根据接收到的所述第一MME发送的M3接口重置消息发送给所述基站的,所述M3接口重置消息为所述第一MME根据接收到的所述第二MME发送的所述指示信息发送给所述第一MCE的,所述指示信息为所述第二MME根据接收到的所述第二MCE发送的M3接口建立请求消息发送给所述第一MME的,所述M3接口建立请求消息为所述第二MCE根据接收到的所述第二基站发送的M2接口建立请求消息发送给所述第二 MME的;所述M2接口建立请求消息、所述M3接口建立请求消息、所述M3接口重置消息和所述MBMS调度信息中均携带所述指示信息。Optionally, if the network element device includes the first multi-cell multicast coordination entity MCE, the second MCE, the first mobility management network element MME, and the second MME, the receiver 21 is specifically configured to receive the second The MBMS scheduling information sent by the base station by the first MCE, where the MBMS scheduling information is sent by the first MCE to the base station according to the received M3 interface reset message sent by the first MME. The M3 interface reset message is sent by the first MME to the first MCE according to the received indication information sent by the second MME, and the indication information is received by the second MME according to the received The M3 interface setup request message sent by the second MCE is sent to the first MME, and the M3 interface setup request message is sent by the second MCE according to the received M2 interface setup request message sent by the second base station. Sent to the second The indication information is carried in the M2 interface setup request message, the M3 interface setup request message, the M3 interface reset message, and the MBMS scheduling information.
进一步地,上述指示信息包括所述第二MBSFN区域当前广播的业务的业务信息,和,所述第二基站的标识或所述第二基站的第二系统频率。Further, the indication information includes service information of a service currently broadcast by the second MBSFN area, and an identifier of the second base station or a second system frequency of the second base station.
可选的,当所述指示信息为所述第二MBSFN区域当前广播的业务的业务信息和所述第二基站的标识时,所述处理器22具体用于在所述用户设备离开所述第一MBSFN区域时,根据所述指示信息将所述用户设备切换至所述第二基站。Optionally, when the indication information is the service information of the service currently broadcasted by the second MBSFN area and the identifier of the second base station, the processor 22 is specifically configured to leave the user equipment When an MBSFN area is used, the user equipment is switched to the second base station according to the indication information.
可选的,当所述指示信息为所述第二MBSFN区域当前广播的业务的业务信息和所述第二基站的第二系统频率时,所述处理器22具体用于在所述用户设备离开所述第一MBSFN区域时,根据所述指示信息和所述第一基站的配置信息将所述用户设备切换至所述第二MBSFN区域中的目标基站。Optionally, when the indication information is the service information of the service currently broadcasted by the second MBSFN area and the second system frequency of the second base station, the processor 22 is specifically configured to leave in the user equipment. In the first MBSFN area, the user equipment is switched to the target base station in the second MBSFN area according to the indication information and the configuration information of the first base station.
本发明实施例提供的基站,可以执行上述方法实施例,其实现原理和技术效果类似,在此不再赘述。The base station provided by the embodiment of the present invention may perform the foregoing method embodiments, and the implementation principle and technical effects are similar, and details are not described herein again.
本发明实施例四提供一种基站,该基站服务第二MBSFN区域,该基站可以为上述方法实施例中的第二基站,该基站可以包括:发送器,用于向服务第一MBSFN区域的第一基站发送指示信息;其中,所述第一基站当前向用户设备广播所述第一MBMS业务,所述指示信息用于指示所述第二MBSFN区域当前广播的业务为第一MBMS业务。The fourth embodiment of the present invention provides a base station, where the base station serves the second MBSFN area, and the base station may be the second base station in the foregoing method embodiment, where the base station may include: a transmitter, configured to serve the first MBSFN area. The base station sends the indication information, where the first base station currently broadcasts the first MBMS service to the user equipment, and the indication information is used to indicate that the service currently broadcasted by the second MBSFN area is the first MBMS service.
本发明实施例提供的基站,可以执行上述方法实施例,其实现原理和技术效果类似,在此不再赘述。The base station provided by the embodiment of the present invention may perform the foregoing method embodiments, and the implementation principle and technical effects are similar, and details are not described herein again.
进一步地,上述发送器,具体用于向所述第一基站发送基站配置更新请求消息,所述基站配置更新请求消息中携带所述指示信息,或者,具体用于向所述第一基站发送X2接口请求消息,所述X2接口请求消息中携带所述指示信息,或者,具体用于通过网元设备向所述第一基站发送指示信息。Further, the transmitter is specifically configured to send a base station configuration update request message to the first base station, where the base station configuration update request message carries the indication information, or is specifically used to send the X2 to the first base station. An interface request message, where the X2 interface request message carries the indication information, or is specifically used to send indication information to the first base station by using a network element device.
可选的,若网元设备为多小区多播协调实体MCE,则上述发送器,具体用于通过所述MCE向所述第一基站发送MBMS调度信息,其中,所述MBMS调度信息为所述MCE根据接收到的所述基站发送的M2接口建立请求消息发送给所述第一基站的;其中,所述M2接口建立请求消息和所述MBMS调度信息中均携带所述指示信息。 Optionally, if the network element device is a multi-cell multicast coordination entity (MCE), the transmitter is configured to send MBMS scheduling information to the first base station by using the MCE, where the MBMS scheduling information is The MCE sends the M2 interface setup request message sent by the base station to the first base station, where the M2 interface setup request message and the MBMS scheduling information both carry the indication information.
可选的,若网元设备包括第一多小区多播协调实体MCE、第二MCE、第一移动性管理网元MME和第二MME,则上述发送器,具体用于通过所述第一MCE向所述第一基站发送MBMS调度信息;其中,所述MBMS调度信息为所述第一MCE根据接收到的所述第一MME发送的M3接口重置消息发送给所述第一基站的,所述M3接口重置消息为所述第一MME根据接收到的所述第二MME发送的所述指示信息发送给所述第一MCE的,所述指示信息为所述第二MME根据接收到的所述第二MCE发送的M3接口建立请求消息发送给所述第一MME的,所述M3接口建立请求消息为所述第二MCE根据接收到的所述基站发送的M2接口建立请求消息发送给所述第二MME的;所述M2接口建立请求消息、所述M3接口建立请求消息、所述M3接口重置消息和所述MBMS调度信息中均携带所述指示信息。Optionally, if the network element device includes the first multi-cell multicast coordination entity MCE, the second MCE, the first mobility management network element MME, and the second MME, the transmitter is specifically configured to pass the first MCE. Transmitting the MBMS scheduling information to the first base station, where the MBMS scheduling information is sent by the first MCE to the first base station according to the received M3 interface reset message sent by the first MME. The M3 interface reset message is sent by the first MME to the first MCE according to the received indication information sent by the second MME, and the indication information is received by the second MME according to the received The M3 interface setup request message sent by the second MCE is sent to the first MME, and the M3 interface setup request message is sent by the second MCE according to the received M2 interface setup request message sent by the base station. The indication information is carried in the M2 interface setup request message, the M3 interface setup request message, the M3 interface reset message, and the MBMS scheduling information of the second MME.
进一步地,上述指示信息包括所述第二MBSFN区域当前广播的业务的业务信息,和,所述基站的标识或所述基站的第二系统频率。所述基站的标识,用于使所述第一基站在确定所述用户设备离开所述第一MBSFN区域时,将所述用户设备切换至所述基站;所述基站的第二系统频率,用于使所述第一基站在确定所述用户设备离开所述第一MBSFN区域时,将所述用户设备切换至所述第二MBSFN区域中的目标基站。Further, the indication information includes service information of a service currently broadcast by the second MBSFN area, and an identifier of the base station or a second system frequency of the base station. The identifier of the base station is used to enable the first base station to switch the user equipment to the base station when determining that the user equipment leaves the first MBSFN area; the second system frequency of the base station is used by And causing the first base station to switch the user equipment to a target base station in the second MBSFN area when determining that the user equipment leaves the first MBSFN area.
本发明实施例提供的基站,可以执行上述方法实施例,其实现原理和技术效果类似,在此不再赘述。The base station provided by the embodiment of the present invention may perform the foregoing method embodiments, and the implementation principle and technical effects are similar, and details are not described herein again.
图12为本发明提供的保持业务连续性的系统实施例的结构示意图。如图12所示,该系统包括用户设备30,还包括上述实施例中所述的第一基站31和上述实施例中所述的第二基站32。该用户设备、第一基站和第二基站相互之间可以通过无线空口建立通信连接。FIG. 12 is a schematic structural diagram of a system embodiment for maintaining service continuity according to the present invention. As shown in FIG. 12, the system includes a user equipment 30, and further includes the first base station 31 described in the above embodiment and the second base station 32 described in the above embodiment. The user equipment, the first base station, and the second base station can establish a communication connection with each other through a wireless air interface.
本发明实施例提供的保持业务连续性的系统,可以执行上述方法实施例,其实现原理和技术效果类似,在此不再赘述。The system for maintaining service continuity provided by the embodiment of the present invention may perform the foregoing method embodiments, and the implementation principles and technical effects thereof are similar, and details are not described herein again.
最后应说明的是:以上各实施例仅用以说明本发明的技术方案,而非对其限制;尽管参照前述各实施例对本发明进行了详细的说明,本领域的普通技术人员应当理解:其依然可以对前述各实施例所记载的技术方案进行修改,或者对其中部分或者全部技术特征进行等同替换;而这些修改或者替换,并不使相应技术方案的本质脱离本发明各实施例技术方案的范围。 Finally, it should be noted that the above embodiments are merely illustrative of the technical solutions of the present invention, and are not intended to be limiting; although the present invention has been described in detail with reference to the foregoing embodiments, those skilled in the art will understand that The technical solutions described in the foregoing embodiments may be modified, or some or all of the technical features may be equivalently replaced; and the modifications or substitutions do not deviate from the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present invention. range.

Claims (27)

  1. 一种基站,其特征在于,包括:A base station, comprising:
    发送模块,用于向用户设备广播第一多媒体广播多播MBMS业务;a sending module, configured to broadcast, to the user equipment, the first multimedia broadcast multicast MBMS service;
    接收模块,用于接收服务第二MBSFN区域的第二基站发送的指示信息,其中,所述指示信息用于指示所述第二MBSFN区域当前广播的业务为所述第一MBMS业务;a receiving module, configured to receive the indication information that is sent by the second base station that serves the second MBSFN area, where the indication information is used to indicate that the service currently broadcasted by the second MBSFN area is the first MBMS service;
    处理模块,用于当所述用户设备离开所述第一MBSFN区域时,根据所述指示信息将所述用户设备从当前MBSFN区域的基站切换至所述第二MBSFN区域,以使所述用户设备在所述第二MBSFN区域上接收所述第一MBMS业务。a processing module, configured to: when the user equipment leaves the first MBSFN area, switch the user equipment from a base station of a current MBSFN area to the second MBSFN area according to the indication information, so that the user equipment Receiving the first MBMS service on the second MBSFN area.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的基站,其特征在于,所述处理模块,还用于在将所述用户设备从当前MBSFN区域切换至所述第二MBSFN区域之前,根据所述指示信息选择将所述用户设备切换至所述第二MBSFN区域。The base station according to claim 1, wherein the processing module is further configured to: select, according to the indication information, the user equipment before switching the user equipment from a current MBSFN area to the second MBSFN area The user equipment switches to the second MBSFN area.
  3. 根据权利要求1或2所述的基站,其特征在于,所述接收模块,具体用于接收所述第二基站发送的基站配置更新请求消息,所述基站配置更新请求消息中携带所述指示信息,或者,具体用于接收所述第二基站发送的X2接口修改请求消息,所述X2接口修改请求消息中携带所述指示信息,或者,具体用于接收所述第二基站通过网元设备发送的指示信息。The base station according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the receiving module is configured to receive a base station configuration update request message sent by the second base station, where the base station configuration update request message carries the indication information Or, specifically, for receiving the X2 interface modification request message sent by the second base station, where the X2 interface modification request message carries the indication information, or is specifically used for receiving, by the second base station, by using a network element device. Instructions.
  4. 根据权利要求3所述的基站,其特征在于,若所述网元设备为多小区多播协调实体MCE,则所述接收模块,具体用于接收所述第二基站通过所述MCE发送的MBMS调度信息;其中,所述MBMS调度信息为所述MCE根据接收到的所述第二基站发送的M2接口建立请求消息发送给所述基站的,所述M2接口建立请求消息和所述MBMS调度信息中均携带所述指示信息。The base station according to claim 3, wherein the receiving module is configured to receive the MBMS sent by the second base station by using the MCE, if the network element device is a multi-cell multicast coordination entity (MCE) Scheduling information, wherein the MBMS scheduling information is sent by the MCE to the base station according to the received M2 interface setup request message sent by the second base station, the M2 interface setup request message and the MBMS scheduling information. The indication information is carried in both.
  5. 根据权利要求3所述的基站,其特征在于,若网元设备包括第一多小区多播协调实体MCE、第二MCE、第一移动性管理网元MME和第二MME,则所述接收模块,具体用于接收所述第二基站通过所述第一MCE发送的MBMS调度信息;其中,所述MBMS调度信息为所述第一MCE根据接收到的所述第一MME发送的M3接口重置消息发送给所述基站的,所述M3接口重置消息为所述第一MME根据接收到的所述第二MME发送的所述指示信息发送给所述第一MCE的,所述指示信息为所述第二MME根据接收到的所 述第二MCE发送的M3接口建立请求消息发送给所述第一MME的,所述M3接口建立请求消息为所述第二MCE根据接收到的所述第二基站发送的M2接口建立请求消息发送给所述第二MME的;所述M2接口建立请求消息、所述M3接口建立请求消息、所述M3接口重置消息和所述MBMS调度信息中均携带所述指示信息。The base station according to claim 3, wherein if the network element device comprises a first multi-cell multicast coordination entity MCE, a second MCE, a first mobility management network element MME, and a second MME, the receiving module Specifically, the MBMS scheduling information that is sent by the second base station by using the first MCE is received, where the MBMS scheduling information is that the first MCE resets according to the received M3 interface sent by the first MME. Sending the message to the base station, the M3 interface reset message is sent by the first MME to the first MCE according to the received indication information sent by the second MME, where the indication information is The second MME is based on the received location The M3 interface setup request message sent by the second MCE is sent to the first MME, and the M3 interface setup request message is sent by the second MCE according to the received M2 interface setup request message sent by the second base station. The indication information is carried in the M2 interface setup request message, the M3 interface setup request message, the M3 interface reset message, and the MBMS scheduling information of the second MME.
  6. 根据权利要求1-5任一项所述的基站,其特征在于,所述指示信息包括所述第二MBSFN区域当前广播的业务的业务信息,和,所述第二基站的标识或所述第二基站的第二系统频率。The base station according to any one of claims 1 to 5, wherein the indication information includes service information of a service currently broadcasted by the second MBSFN area, and an identifier of the second base station or the The second system frequency of the two base stations.
  7. 根据权利要求6所述的基站,其特征在于,所述指示信息为所述第二MBSFN区域当前广播的业务的业务信息和所述第二基站的标识时,所述处理模块具体用于在所述用户设备离开所述第一MBSFN区域时,根据所述指示信息将所述用户设备切换至所述第二基站;或者,The base station according to claim 6, wherein when the indication information is the service information of the service currently broadcasted by the second MBSFN area and the identifier of the second base station, the processing module is specifically configured to be used in the When the user equipment leaves the first MBSFN area, the user equipment is switched to the second base station according to the indication information; or
    当所述指示信息为所述第二MBSFN区域当前广播的业务的业务信息和所述第二基站的第二系统频率时,所述处理模块具体用于在所述用户设备离开所述第一MBSFN区域时,根据所述指示信息和所述第一基站的配置信息将所述用户设备切换至所述第二MBSFN区域中的目标基站。When the indication information is the service information of the service currently broadcasted by the second MBSFN area and the second system frequency of the second base station, the processing module is specifically configured to leave the first MBSFN at the user equipment. In the case of the area, the user equipment is switched to the target base station in the second MBSFN area according to the indication information and the configuration information of the first base station.
  8. 一种基站,其特征在于,所述基站服务第二组播广播单频网MBSFN区域,所述基站包括:A base station, wherein the base station serves a second multicast broadcast single frequency network MBSFN area, and the base station includes:
    发送模块,用于向服务第一MBSFN区域的第一基站发送指示信息;其中,所述第一基站当前向用户设备广播所述第一多媒体广播多播MBMS业务,所述指示信息用于指示所述第二MBSFN区域当前广播的业务为第一MBMS业务。a sending module, configured to send indication information to a first base station serving the first MBSFN area, where the first base station currently broadcasts the first multimedia broadcast multicast MBMS service to the user equipment, where the indication information is used And indicating that the service currently broadcasted by the second MBSFN area is the first MBMS service.
  9. 根据权利要求8所述的基站,其特征在于,所述发送模块,具体用于向所述第一基站发送基站配置更新请求消息,所述基站配置更新请求消息中携带所述指示信息,或者,具体用于向所述第一基站发送X2接口请求消息,所述X2接口请求消息中携带所述指示信息,或者,具体用于通过网元设备向所述第一基站发送指示信息。The base station according to claim 8, wherein the sending module is configured to send a base station configuration update request message to the first base station, where the base station configuration update request message carries the indication information, or Specifically, the method is configured to send an X2 interface request message to the first base station, where the X2 interface request message carries the indication information, or is specifically used to send indication information to the first base station by using a network element device.
  10. 根据权利要求9所述的基站,其特征在于,若网元设备为多小区多播协调实体MCE,则所述发送模块,具体用于通过所述MCE向所述第一基站发送MBMS调度信息,其中,所述MBMS调度信息为所述MCE根据接收 到的所述基站发送的M2接口建立请求消息发送给所述第一基站的;其中,所述M2接口建立请求消息和所述MBMS调度信息中均携带所述指示信息。The base station according to claim 9, wherein, if the network element device is a multi-cell multicast coordination entity MCE, the sending module is specifically configured to send MBMS scheduling information to the first base station by using the MCE, The MBMS scheduling information is received by the MCE according to the And the M2 interface setup request message sent by the base station is sent to the first base station, where the indication information is carried in both the M2 interface setup request message and the MBMS scheduling information.
  11. 根据权利要求9所述的基站,其特征在于,若网元设备包括第一多小区多播协调实体MCE、第二MCE、第一移动性管理网元MME和第二MME,则所述发送模块,具体用于通过所述第一MCE向所述第一基站发送MBMS调度信息;其中,所述MBMS调度信息为所述第一MCE根据接收到的所述第一MME发送的M3接口重置消息发送给所述第一基站的,所述M3接口重置消息为所述第一MME根据接收到的所述第二MME发送的所述指示信息发送给所述第一MCE的,所述指示信息为所述第二MME根据接收到的所述第二MCE发送的M3接口建立请求消息发送给所述第一MME的,所述M3接口建立请求消息为所述第二MCE根据接收到的所述基站发送的M2接口建立请求消息发送给所述第二MME的;所述M2接口建立请求消息、所述M3接口建立请求消息、所述M3接口重置消息和所述MBMS调度信息中均携带所述指示信息。The base station according to claim 9, wherein if the network element device comprises a first multi-cell multicast coordination entity MCE, a second MCE, a first mobility management network element MME, and a second MME, the sending module Specifically, the MBMS scheduling information is sent to the first base station by using the first MCE, where the MBMS scheduling information is an M3 interface reset message sent by the first MCE according to the received first MME. The M3 interface reset message sent to the first base station is sent by the first MME to the first MCE according to the received indication information sent by the second MME. And sending, by the second MME, the M3 interface setup request message sent by the second MCE to the first MME, where the M3 interface setup request message is sent by the second MCE according to the received The M2 interface setup request message sent by the base station is sent to the second MME; the M2 interface setup request message, the M3 interface setup request message, the M3 interface reset message, and the MBMS scheduling information are carried in the M2 interface setup request message. Indicate the indication information.
  12. 根据权利要求8-11任一项所述的基站,其特征在于,所述指示信息包括所述第二MBSFN区域当前广播的业务的业务信息,和,所述基站的标识或所述基站的第二系统频率。The base station according to any one of claims 8 to 11, wherein the indication information includes service information of a service currently broadcasted by the second MBSFN area, and an identifier of the base station or a number of the base station. Two system frequencies.
  13. 根据权利要求12所述的基站,其特征在于,所述基站的标识,用于使所述第一基站在确定所述用户设备离开所述第一MBSFN区域时,将所述用户设备切换至所述基站;The base station according to claim 12, wherein the identifier of the base station is used to enable the first base station to switch the user equipment to the user equipment when determining that the user equipment leaves the first MBSFN area Base station
    所述基站的第二系统频率,用于使所述第一基站在确定所述用户设备离开所述第一MBSFN区域时,将所述用户设备切换至所述第二MBSFN区域中的目标基站。The second system frequency of the base station is configured to enable the first base station to switch the user equipment to a target base station in the second MBSFN area when determining that the user equipment leaves the first MBSFN area.
  14. 一种保持业务连续的方法,其特征在于,包括:A method for maintaining business continuity, characterized by comprising:
    服务第一组播广播单频网MBSFN区域的第一基站向用户设备广播第一多媒体广播多播MBMS业务;Serving the first multimedia broadcast multicast MBMS service to the user equipment by the first base station serving the first multicast broadcast single frequency network MBSFN area;
    第一基站接收服务第二MBSFN区域的第二基站发送的指示信息,其中,所述指示信息用于指示所述第二MBSFN区域当前广播的业务为所述第一MBMS业务;The first base station receives the indication information that is sent by the second base station that serves the second MBSFN area, where the indication information is used to indicate that the service currently broadcasted by the second MBSFN area is the first MBMS service;
    当所述用户设备离开所述第一MBSFN区域时,所述第一基站根据所述 指示信息将所述用户设备从当前MBSFN区域的基站切换至所述第二MBSFN区域,以使所述用户设备在所述第二MBSFN区域上接收所述第一MBMS业务。When the user equipment leaves the first MBSFN area, the first base station according to the The indication information switches the user equipment from the base station of the current MBSFN area to the second MBSFN area, so that the user equipment receives the first MBMS service on the second MBSFN area.
  15. 根据权利要求14所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一基站根据所述指示信息将所述用户设备从当前MBSFN区域的基站切换至所述第二MBSFN区域之前还包括,包括:The method according to claim 14, wherein the first base station further includes, before the first base station switches the user equipment from the base station of the current MBSFN area to the second MBSFN area, according to the indication information, including:
    所述第一基站根据所述指示信息选择将所述用户设备切换至第二MBSFN区域。The first base station selects to switch the user equipment to the second MBSFN area according to the indication information.
  16. 根据权利要求14或15所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一基站接收服务第二MBSFN区域的第二基站发送的指示信息,包括:The method according to claim 14 or 15, wherein the first base station receives the indication information sent by the second base station serving the second MBSFN area, including:
    所述第一基站接收所述第二基站发送的基站配置更新请求消息,所述基站配置更新请求消息中携带所述指示信息,或者,Receiving, by the first base station, a base station configuration update request message sent by the second base station, where the base station configuration update request message carries the indication information, or
    所述第一基站接收所述第二基站发送的X2接口修改请求消息,所述X2接口修改请求消息中携带所述指示信息,或者,The first base station receives the X2 interface modification request message sent by the second base station, where the X2 interface modification request message carries the indication information, or
    所述第一基站接收所述第二基站通过网元设备发送的指示信息。The first base station receives indication information that is sent by the second base station by using the network element device.
  17. 根据权利要求16所述的方法,其特征在于,若所述网元设备为多小区多播协调实体MCE,则所述第一基站接收服务第二MBSFN区域的第二基站通过网元设备发送的指示信息,包括:The method according to claim 16, wherein if the network element device is a multi-cell multicast coordination entity MCE, the first base station receives, by the second base station serving the second MBSFN area, the device sent by the network element device. Instructions, including:
    所述第一基站接收所述第二基站通过所述MCE发送的MBMS调度信息;其中,所述MBMS调度信息为所述MCE根据接收到的所述第二基站发送的M2接口建立请求消息发送给所述第一基站的,所述M2接口建立请求消息和所述MBMS调度信息中均携带所述指示信息。The first base station receives the MBMS scheduling information that is sent by the second base station by using the MCE, where the MBMS scheduling information is sent by the MCE according to the received M2 interface setup request message sent by the second base station to The indication information is carried in both the M2 interface setup request message and the MBMS scheduling information of the first base station.
  18. 根据权利要求16所述的方法,其特征在于,若网元设备包括第一多小区多播协调实体MCE、第二MCE、第一移动性管理网元MME和第二MME,则所述第一基站接收服务第二MBSFN区域的第二基站通过网元设备发送的指示信息,包括:The method according to claim 16, wherein if the network element device comprises a first multi-cell multicast coordination entity MCE, a second MCE, a first mobility management network element MME, and a second MME, the first And receiving, by the base station, indication information that is sent by the second base station serving the second MBSFN area by the network element device, including:
    所述第一基站接收所述第二基站通过所述第一MCE发送的MBMS调度信息;其中,所述MBMS调度信息为所述第一MCE根据接收到的所述第一MME发送的M3接口重置消息发送给所述第一基站的,所述M3接口重置消息为所述第一MME根据接收到的所述第二MME发送的所述指示信息发送 给所述第一MCE的,所述指示信息为所述第二MME根据接收到的所述第二MCE发送的M3接口建立请求消息发送给所述第一MME的,所述M3接口建立请求消息为所述第二MCE根据接收到的所述第二基站发送的M2接口建立请求消息发送给所述第二MME的;所述M2接口建立请求消息、所述M3接口建立请求消息、所述M3接口重置消息和所述MBMS调度信息中均携带所述指示信息。The first base station receives the MBMS scheduling information that is sent by the second base station by using the first MCE, where the MBMS scheduling information is that the first MCE is based on the received M3 interface sent by the first MME. Sending a message to the first base station, the M3 interface reset message is sent by the first MME according to the received indication information sent by the second MME For the first MCE, the indication information is sent by the second MME to the first MME according to the received M3 interface setup request message sent by the second MCE, the M3 interface setup request message. And sending, by the second MCE, the M2 interface setup request message sent by the second base station to the second MME; the M2 interface setup request message, the M3 interface setup request message, and the M3 The indication information is carried in both the interface reset message and the MBMS scheduling information.
  19. 根据权利要求14-18任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述指示信息包括所述第二MBSFN区域当前广播的业务的业务信息,和,所述第二基站的标识或所述第二基站的第二系统频率。The method according to any one of claims 14 to 18, wherein the indication information comprises service information of a service currently broadcast by the second MBSFN area, and an identifier of the second base station or the The second system frequency of the two base stations.
  20. 根据权利要求19所述的方法,其特征在于,所述指示信息为所述第二MBSFN区域当前广播的业务的业务信息和所述第二基站的标识时,所述第一基站在所述用户设备离开所述第一MBSFN区域时,根据所述指示信息将所述用户设备切换至所述第二基站;或者,The method according to claim 19, wherein when the indication information is service information of a service currently broadcasted by the second MBSFN area and an identifier of the second base station, the first base station is in the user When the device leaves the first MBSFN area, the user equipment is switched to the second base station according to the indication information; or
    当所述指示信息为所述第二MBSFN区域当前广播的业务的业务信息和所述第二MBSFN区域的第二系统频率时,所述第一基站在所述用户设备离开所述第一MBSFN区域时,根据所述指示信息和所述第一基站的配置信息将所述用户设备切换至所述第二MBSFN区域中的目标基站。When the indication information is the service information of the service currently broadcasted by the second MBSFN area and the second system frequency of the second MBSFN area, the first base station leaves the first MBSFN area at the user equipment And the user equipment is switched to the target base station in the second MBSFN area according to the indication information and the configuration information of the first base station.
  21. 一种保持业务连续性的方法,其特征在于,包括:A method for maintaining business continuity, characterized by comprising:
    服务第二组播广播单频网MBSFN区域的第二基站向服务第一MBSFN区域的第一基站发送指示信息;其中,所述第一基站当前向用户设备广播所述第一多媒体广播多播MBMS业务,所述指示信息用于指示所述第二MBSFN区域当前广播的业务为第一MBMS业务。The second base station serving the second multicast broadcast single frequency network MBSFN area sends the indication information to the first base station serving the first MBSFN area; wherein the first base station currently broadcasts the first multimedia broadcast to the user equipment. The MBMS service is broadcasted, and the indication information is used to indicate that the service currently broadcasted by the second MBSFN area is the first MBMS service.
  22. 根据权利要求21所述的方法,其特征在于,所述服务第二组播广播单频网MBSFN区域的第二基站向服务第一MBSFN区域的第一基站发送指示信息,包括:The method according to claim 21, wherein the second base station serving the second multicast broadcast single frequency network MBSFN area sends the indication information to the first base station serving the first MBSFN area, including:
    所述第二基站向所述第一基站发送基站配置更新请求消息,所述基站配置更新请求消息中携带所述指示信息,或者,The second base station sends a base station configuration update request message to the first base station, where the base station configuration update request message carries the indication information, or
    所述第二基站向所述第一基站发送X2接口请求消息,所述X2接口请求消息中携带所述指示信息,或者,The second base station sends an X2 interface request message to the first base station, where the X2 interface request message carries the indication information, or
    所述第二基站通过网元设备向所述第一基站发送指示信息。 The second base station sends the indication information to the first base station by using the network element device.
  23. 根据权利要求22所述的方法,其特征在于,若网元设备为多小区多播协调实体MCE,则所述第二基站通过网元设备向所述第一基站发送指示信息,包括:The method according to claim 22, wherein, if the network element device is a multi-cell multicast coordination entity MCE, the second base station sends the indication information to the first base station by using the network element device, including:
    所述第二基站通过所述MCE向所述第一基站发送MBMS调度信息,其中,所述MBMS调度信息为所述MCE根据接收到的所述第二基站发送的M2接口建立请求消息发送给所述第一基站的;其中,所述M2接口建立请求消息和所述MBMS调度信息中均携带所述指示信息。The second base station sends the MBMS scheduling information to the first base station by using the MCE, where the MBMS scheduling information is sent by the MCE according to the received M2 interface setup request message sent by the second base station. The first base station is configured to be included in the M2 interface setup request message and the MBMS scheduling information.
  24. 根据权利要求22所述的方法,其特征在于,若网元设备包括第一多小区多播协调实体MCE、第二MCE、第一移动性管理网元MME和第二MME,则所述第二基站通过网元设备向所述第一基站发送指示信息,包括:The method according to claim 22, wherein if the network element device comprises a first multi-cell multicast coordination entity MCE, a second MCE, a first mobility management network element MME, and a second MME, the second The sending, by the network element device, the indication information to the first base station by using the network element device, including:
    所述第二基站通过所述第一MCE向所述第一基站发送MBMS调度信息;其中,所述MBMS调度信息为所述第一MCE根据接收到的所述第一MME发送的M3接口重置消息发送给所述第一基站的,所述M3接口重置消息为所述第一MME根据接收到的所述第二MME发送的所述指示信息发送给所述第一MCE的,所述指示信息为所述第二MME根据接收到的所述第二MCE发送的M3接口建立请求消息发送给所述第一MME的,所述M3接口建立请求消息为所述第二MCE根据接收到的所述第二基站发送的M2接口建立请求消息发送给所述第二MME的;所述M2接口建立请求消息、所述M3接口建立请求消息、所述M3接口重置消息和所述MBMS调度信息中均携带所述指示信息。The second base station sends the MBMS scheduling information to the first base station by using the first MCE, where the MBMS scheduling information is that the first MCE resets according to the received M3 interface sent by the first MME. Sending the message to the first base station, the M3 interface reset message is sent by the first MME to the first MCE according to the received indication information sent by the second MME, The information is sent by the second MME to the first MME according to the received M3 interface setup request message sent by the second MCE, where the M3 interface setup request message is the second MCE according to the received The M2 interface setup request message sent by the second base station is sent to the second MME; the M2 interface setup request message, the M3 interface setup request message, the M3 interface reset message, and the MBMS scheduling information. Both carry the indication information.
  25. 根据权利要求21-24任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述指示信息包括所述第二MBSFN区域当前广播的业务的业务信息,和,所述第二基站的标识或所述第二基站的第二系统频率。The method according to any one of claims 21 to 24, wherein the indication information comprises service information of a service currently broadcast by the second MBSFN area, and an identifier of the second base station or the The second system frequency of the two base stations.
  26. 根据权利要求25所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二基站的标识,用于使所述第一基站在确定所述用户设备离开所述第一MBSFN区域时,将所述用户设备切换至所述第二基站;The method according to claim 25, wherein the identifier of the second base station is configured to enable the first base station to switch the user equipment when determining that the user equipment leaves the first MBSFN area To the second base station;
    所述第二基站的第二系统频率,用于使所述第一基站在确定所述用户设备离开所述第一MBSFN区域时,将所述用户设备切换至所述第二MBSFN区域中的目标基站。The second system frequency of the second base station is configured to enable the first base station to switch the user equipment to a target in the second MBSFN area when determining that the user equipment leaves the first MBSFN area Base station.
  27. 一种保持业务连续性的系统,包括用户设备,其特征在于,还包括 权利要求1至权利要求7任一项所述的基站,以及,权利要求8至权利要求13任一项所述的基站。 A system for maintaining business continuity, including user equipment, characterized in that it also includes The base station according to any one of claims 1 to 7, and the base station according to any one of claims 8 to 13.
PCT/CN2014/092812 2014-12-02 2014-12-02 Method for keeping service continuity, base station and system WO2016086359A1 (en)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2014/092812 WO2016086359A1 (en) 2014-12-02 2014-12-02 Method for keeping service continuity, base station and system
CN201480035992.XA CN105850160A (en) 2014-12-02 2014-12-02 Method for keeping service continuity, base station and system

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2014/092812 WO2016086359A1 (en) 2014-12-02 2014-12-02 Method for keeping service continuity, base station and system

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2016086359A1 true WO2016086359A1 (en) 2016-06-09

Family

ID=56090808

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2014/092812 WO2016086359A1 (en) 2014-12-02 2014-12-02 Method for keeping service continuity, base station and system

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN105850160A (en)
WO (1) WO2016086359A1 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2023185435A1 (en) * 2022-03-28 2023-10-05 华为技术有限公司 Communication method and apparatus

Families Citing this family (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN114513757A (en) * 2020-11-17 2022-05-17 维沃移动通信有限公司 Information acquisition method, indication method, device, related equipment and storage medium

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN102075866A (en) * 2011-01-19 2011-05-25 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 Equipment switching method and device
CN102413431A (en) * 2011-12-22 2012-04-11 中国科学院计算技术研究所 Method for ensuring MBMS (Multimedia Broadcast Multicast Service) continuity of RRC (Radio Resource Control) connected UE (User Equipment)
WO2013173323A1 (en) * 2012-05-14 2013-11-21 Research In Motion Limited Maintaining mbms continuity

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN102075866A (en) * 2011-01-19 2011-05-25 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 Equipment switching method and device
CN102413431A (en) * 2011-12-22 2012-04-11 中国科学院计算技术研究所 Method for ensuring MBMS (Multimedia Broadcast Multicast Service) continuity of RRC (Radio Resource Control) connected UE (User Equipment)
WO2013173323A1 (en) * 2012-05-14 2013-11-21 Research In Motion Limited Maintaining mbms continuity

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2023185435A1 (en) * 2022-03-28 2023-10-05 华为技术有限公司 Communication method and apparatus

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN105850160A (en) 2016-08-10

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US8750181B2 (en) Maintaining MBMS continuity
US9723523B2 (en) Maintaining MBMS continuity
EP2745557B1 (en) Service continuity for multimedia broadcast multicast service (mbms) for user equipment (ue) in rrc connected mode
US10477443B2 (en) Cell selection depending on MBMS capability
JP7397995B2 (en) TAU method based on mobile IAB nodes
WO2015096718A1 (en) Method, device and system for maintaining continuity of group communication service
US9814019B2 (en) Methods and systems for configuring overlapping MBMS configurations on multiple carriers
WO2015062474A1 (en) Method and apparatus for notification of group communication information
EP3409035A1 (en) Dynamic switching of streaming service between broadcast and unicast delivery
WO2015024228A1 (en) Signal measuring method and device
US20140135014A1 (en) Cell Handover Control Method, Related Device, and Communications System
WO2018059151A1 (en) Resource management indication method and device
EP3422804A1 (en) Multicast transmission method, base station, and user equipment
WO2017028049A1 (en) Method for synchronization between stations, base station, and control network element
EP4079002B1 (en) Adaptive service areas for multicast session continuity
WO2015109475A1 (en) Trunking communication method, base station, user equipment, and system
WO2014194496A1 (en) Method and device for sending and receiving information and information transmission system
WO2016086359A1 (en) Method for keeping service continuity, base station and system
WO2015062478A1 (en) Communications method, system, and device
WO2014186961A1 (en) User equipment network accessing method, and access device
WO2014113926A1 (en) Cell measurement method, radio network controller and user equipment
WO2016165373A1 (en) Method and apparatus for cell management in an mbsfn area, and computer storage medium
WO2023078218A1 (en) Positioning method, user equipment and network device
WO2018100944A1 (en) Wireless access network node, terminal device, control entity, core network node, method, program, and recording medium, all relating to data transmission/reception via wireless access network
WO2017016495A1 (en) Group-calling region management method under sc-ptm system

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 14907479

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 14907479

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1